218
HURST-ROSCHE, INC. PROJECT MANUAL FOR TOILET RENOVATIONS MORRISONVILLE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL MORRISONVILLE CUSD NO. 1 MORRISONVILLE, CHRISTIAN COUNTY, ILLINOIS HR# 150-3040 Prepared for Morrisonville CUSD No. 1 301 School Street Morrisonville, Illinois 62546 Dave Meister, Superintendent January 4, 2021 Bid Package No. H U R S T R O S C H E I N C. 1400 E. Tremont St. Hillsboro, IL 62049 217-532-3959

H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

  • Upload
    others

  • View
    1

  • Download
    0

Embed Size (px)

Citation preview

Page 1: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

HURST-ROSCHE, INC.

PROJECT MANUAL FOR

TOILET RENOVATIONS MORRISONVILLE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL MORRISONVILLE CUSD NO. 1 MORRISONVILLE, CHRISTIAN COUNTY, ILLINOIS HR# 150-3040 Prepared for Morrisonville CUSD No. 1 301 School Street Morrisonville, Illinois 62546

Dave Meister, Superintendent January 4, 2021

Bid Package No.

H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C. 1400 E. Tremont St. Hillsboro, IL 62049 217-532-3959

Page 2: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after
Page 3: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Table of Contents 00 01 10 - 1

DOCUMENT 00 01 10 - TABLE OF CONTENTS TOILET RENOVATIONS MORRISONVILLE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL MORRISONVILLE C.U.S.D. NO. 1 MORRISONVILLE, CHRISTIAN COUNTY, ILLINOIS Section Title DIVISION 00 - PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS 00 01 10 Table of Contents 00 01 10-1-3 PROCUREMENT REQUIREMENTS 00 11 16 Invitation to Bid 00 11 16-1-2 00 21 14 Instructions to Bidders – AIA 00 21 14-1-6 00 41 13 Bid Form - Stipulated Sum (Single-Prime Contract) 00 41 13-1-5 00 43 00 Procurement Form Supplements 00 43 00-1-3 CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS 00 52 14 Agreement Form - AIA Stipulated Sum (Single-Prime Contract) 00 52 14-1-3 00 64 00 Contractor’s Affidavit for Final Completion 00 64 00-1-1 00 64 50 Contractor’s Release and Waiver of Lein 00 64 50-1-1 00 65 00 Affidavit of Payment to Material Suppliers and Subcontractors 00 65 00-1-1 00 65 50 Consent of Surety Company to Final Payment 00 65 50-1-1 00 72 14 General Conditions - AIA Stipulated Sum (Single-Prime Contract) 00 72 14-1-1 00 73 13 Supplementary Conditions – AIA 00 73 13-1-6 00 82 50 Prevailing Rate of Wages 00 82 50-1-3 00 86 00 Drawings, Schedules, and Details 00 86 00-1-1 DIVISION 01 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01 10 00 Summary 01 10 00-1-4 01 20 00 Price and Payment Procedures 01 20 00-1-5 01 30 00 Administrative Requirements 01 30 00-1-4 01 33 00 Submittal Procedures 01 33 00-1-5 01 40 00 Quality Requirements 01 40 00-1-2 01 50 00 Temporary Facilities and Controls 01 50 00-1-4 01 60 00 Product Requirements 01 60 00-1-3 01 70 00 Execution and Closeout Requirements 01 70 00-1-7 DIVISION 02 - EXISTING CONDITIONS 02 41 19 Selective Structure Demolition 02 41 19-1-4

Page 4: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Table of Contents 00 01 10 - 2

DIVISION 03 - CONCRETE 03 30 00 Cast-In-Place Concrete 03 30 00-1-10 DIVISION 06 WOODS AND PLASTICS 06 10 53 Miscellaneous Rough Carpentry 06 10 53-1-3 DIVISION 07 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 07 84 00 Firestopping 07 84 00-1-4 07 90 00 Joint Protection 07 90 00-1-7 DIVISION 09 - FINISHES 09 21 16 Gypsum Board Assemblies 09 21 16-1-4 09 30 00 Tiling 09 30 00-1-6 09 90 00 Painting and Coating 09 90 00-1-7 DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES 10 14 00 Signage 10 14 00-1-4 10 21 15 Plastic Toilet Compartments 10 21 15-1-7 10 28 00 Toilet, Bath, and Laundry Accessories 10 28 00-1-4 DIVISION 22 - PLUMBING 22 05 53 Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment 22 05 53-1-5 22 07 00 Plumbing Insulation 22 07 00-1-6 22 11 00 Facility Water Distribution 22 11 00-1-11 22 13 00 Facility Sanitary Sewerage 22 13 00-1-10 22 40 00 Plumbing Fixtures 22 40 00-1-6 DIVISION 23 - HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC) 23 37 00 Air Outlets and Inlets 23 37 00-1-3 DIVISION 26 - ELECTRICAL 26 05 03 Equipment Wiring Connections 26 05 03-1-2 26 05 19 Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables 26 05 19-1-4 26 05 29 Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems 26 05 29-1-4 26 05 33 Raceway and Boxes for Electrical Systems 26 05 33-1-4 26 27 26 Wiring Devices 26 27 26-1-3 26 51 00 Interior Lighting 26 51 00-1-4

Page 5: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after
Page 6: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after
Page 7: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Invitation to Bid 00 11 16 - 1

DOCUMENT 00 11 16 - INVITATION TO BID Project: TOILET RENOVATIONS MORRISONVILLE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL MORRISONVILLE C.U.S.D. NO. 1 MORRISONVILLE, CHRISTIAN COUNTY, ILLINOIS Owner: MORRISONVILLE C.U.S.D. NO. 1 301 SCHOOL STREET MORRISONVILLE, ILLINOIS 62546 Architect/Engineer: HURST-ROSCHE, INC. 1400 EAST TREMONT STREET HILLSBORO, ILLINOIS 62049 Date: January 4, 2021 The Owner will receive Bids until 2:00 PM local prevailing time on Tuesday the 19th day of January, 2021, at MORRISONVILLE C.U.S.D. NO. 1, 301 SCHOOL STREET, MORRISONVILLE, ILLINOIS 62546 for the following work: Base Bid Scope of Work: Project is the renovation of two multi-user toilet rooms in Morrisonville Elementary School to include removal of all existing plumbing fixtures, toilet partitions, toilet accessories and flooring. New work includes provision and installation of new plumbing fixtures, plastic toilet partitions, stainless steel toilet accessories, porcelain paver tiles on floors and walls, painting and associated mechanical, electrical and plumbing work. Alternate Bid #1 Scope of Work: Project is the renovation of one single-user toilet room in Morrisonville Elementary School to include removal of plumbing fixtures, toilet accessories and asbestos containing floor tile and mastic. New work includes provision and installation of new plumbing fixtures, stainless steel toilet accessories, porcelain pater tiles on floor and base, painting and plumbing work. A Pre-bid Meeting will be held on Thursday, January 7th, 2021, at 10:00 AM, prevailing time at MORRISONVILLE C.U.S.D. NO. 1, 301 SCHOOL STREET, MORRISONVILLE, ILLINOIS 62546. Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after January 4, 2021, by paying a non-refundable amount of $50.00 ($60.00 if mailed) for each set of drawings and specifications. Bidding Documents, Drawings and Specifications, may be examined by prospective bidders and material suppliers at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois and the following Plan Rooms: Central Illinois Plan Room, 1620 S. 5th Street, Springfield, Illinois 62703 Southern Illinois Builders Association, 1468 Green Mount Road, O’Fallon, Illinois 62269 McGraw Hill Construction, www.dodgeprojects.construction.com Greater Peoria Contractors & Suppliers Assoc., 1811 West Altorfer, Peoria, Illinois 61615

Page 8: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Invitation to Bid 00 11 16 - 2

Drawings and specifications will be available for viewing on the internet at: www.hurst-rosche.com. The documents are being provided for reference purposes only. Bidders are encouraged to obtain a signed and sealed hard copy set of the bidding documents. At a minimum, bidders must obtain clean copies of bid forms from the offices of Hurst-Rosche, Inc. by paying a non-refundable amount of $10.00 to submit a bid for this project. The Owner requires that construction cannot start until May 31, 2021, and the project is to be substantially complete by August 6, 2021. Bidders will be required to provide Bid security of a sum no less than 10 percent of the Bid Sum. The bid security shall be either certified check, cashier’s check, bank money order or bid bond issued by surety licensed to conduct business in the State of Illinois. Hereinafter this bid security shall be referred to as the bid bond. Submit two copies of your Bid on the Bid Form provided. Bidders may supplement this form as appropriate. Your Bid will be required to be submitted under a condition of irrevocability for a period of 60 days after submission. The Owner reserves the right to accept or reject any or all Bids or any part thereof, to waive any informality in bidding, and to accept bids deemed most favorable to the Owner. MORRISONVILLE C.U.S.D. NO. 1 DAVE MEISTER, SUPERINTENDENT

END OF DOCUMENT

Page 9: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Instructions to Bidders - AIA 00 21 14 - 1

DOCUMENT 00 21 14 - INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS - AIA

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Document Includes: 1. Instructions to Bidders. 2. Site examination. 3. Prebid conference.

B. Related Documents: 1. Document 00 11 16 - Invitation To Bid. 2. Document 00 41 13 - Bid Form - Stipulated Sum. 3. Document 00 43 00 - Procurement Form Supplements: Appendix A 4. Document 00 72 14 - General Conditions – AIA Stipulated Sum. 5. Document 00 73 13 - Supplementary Conditions – AIA.

1.2 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS

A. These Instructions to Bidders amend or supplement AIA Document A701-1997 - Instructions to Bidders and other provisions of Bidding Documents and Contract Documents.

B. To be considered all bids must in accordance with these Instructions to Bidders.

C. Those interested parties may obtain sets of Drawings and Specifications from the Architect/Engineer upon non-refundable deposit of $50.00 per set ($60.00 if mailed).

D. At a minimum, bidders must obtain clean copies of bid forms from the offices of Hurst-Rosche, Inc. by paying a non-refundable amount of $10.00 to submit a bid for this project.

1.3 SITE EXAMINATION

A. Bidders shall carefully examine documents and construction site to obtain first-hand knowledge of existing conditions. Contractors will not be given extra payments for conditions which can be determined by examining site and these documents.

B. A visit to Project site has been arranged for Bidders following the Pre-Bid Meeting at 10:00 AM on January 7, 2020.

1.4 THE SCHEDULE FOR BIDDING THIS PROJECT IS AS FOLLOWS A. Plans Available: January 4, 2021 B. Pre-Bid Meeting: January 7, 2021 10:00 AM Unit Office

Page 10: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Instructions to Bidders - AIA 00 21 14 - 2

C. Latest Time to Submit Request for Interpretation: January 12, 2021 D. Latest Time to Issue an Addendum: January 14, 2021 E. Bid Opening January 19, 2021 2:00 PM Unit Office

F. All requests for interpretations shall be in writing via mail or e-mail addressed to the Architect/Engineer and must be received by the date and time identified in Article 1.4 of this section in order to be given consideration. All questions must be submitted on the “Request for Interpretation Pre-Bid Question and Comment Form” included at the end of this section, and questions not submitted in accordance with this form and specified time frame will not be accepted. Any and all interpretations and supplemental instructions will be made by addendum to the Drawings and Specifications and forwarded to all bidders either by certified mail or e-mail. All responses by the Architect/Engineer must be in writing to be binding. Any response general in nature or affecting these Instructions to Bidders shall be sent via addendum as previously described. All bidders are required to return the signature page of the addendum signed to the Architect within 24 hours after receipt. Failure of any bidder to receive any such addendum or interpretations shall not relieve such bidder from an obligation under the bid as submitted. All addenda so issued shall become part of the Contract Documents. No addendum will be issued later than the date and time identified in Article 1.4 of this section except one withdrawing the request for Bids or one postponing the date for receiving Bids. Oral interpretations, changes or corrections will not be binding and Bidders shall not rely upon such interpretations, changes and corrections. Each Bidder shall ascertain prior to submitting Bid that all addenda issued have been received and shall acknowledge receipt in Bid.

Questions shall be directed to: E-mail: [email protected]

G. Materials, products and equipment described in Bidding Documents establish a standard of required function, dimension, appearance and quality to be met by any proposed substitution. No substitution will be considered prior to receipt of Bids unless written request for approval has been received by the Architect at least ten days prior to the date for receipt of Bids. Each such request shall include name of material or equipment for which it is to be substituted and a complete description of the proposed substitute including drawings, cuts, performance and test data and any other information necessary for an evaluation. A statement setting forth any changes in other materials, equipment or other work that incorporation of the substitute would require shall be included. The burden of proof of the merit of proposed substitute is upon the proposer. Architect's decision of approval or disapproval of a proposed substitution shall be final. If the Architect approves any proposed substitution prior to receipt of Bids, such approval will be set forth in an addendum. Bidders shall not rely upon approvals made in any other manner. No substitutions will be considered after the contract award unless specifically provided in the Contract Documents.

Page 11: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Instructions to Bidders - AIA 00 21 14 - 3

H. Bids shall be made on unaltered Bid Forms furnished by the Architect. Fill in all blank

spaces and submit two (2) copies. Bids shall be signed with name typed below signature. Where bidder is a corporation, bids must be signed with legal name of corporation followed by name of state of incorporation and legal signature of an officer authorized to bind the corporation to a contract.

I. Each bidder submitting a bid shall submit on form provided a list of any subcontractors

and major suppliers he proposes to use with the bid. Failure to do so could disqualify the bid.

J. Each bidder shall designate on the attached bid form one person who shall serve as the

bidder’s contact person for all matters pertaining to the bid. In absence of such designation, the person who signs the bid shall be deemed the bidder contact.

K. For those projects which are bid on a unit price basis, in the event in which a bidder does

not fill out the extension of the unit price, or a math error has occurred in calculation, the unit prices listed shall govern.

L. Each bid shall be accompanied by bid bond made payable to the Owner, in the amount of

ten percent (10%) of the bid sum. Security shall be either certified check, cashier's check, bank money order or bid bond issued by surety licensed to conduct business in the State of Illinois. Successful bidder's security will be retained until he has signed the contract and furnished required payment and performance bonds. Owner reserves the right to retain security of the next two (2) lowest bidders until the lowest bidder enters into contract or until sixty (60) days after bid opening, whichever is shorter. All other bid security will be returned as soon as practicable. If any bidder refuses to enter into a contract, Owner will retain bid security as liquidated damages, but not as a penalty.

M. All costs associated with the preparation and submission of a bid are the sole

responsibility of the bidder. These costs shall not be chargeable to the Owner by any successful or unsuccessful bidder. All bids become the property of the Owner and shall not be returned except in the case of a late submission.

N. Simultaneously, with delivery of the executed contract, the successful bidder, at its own

expense, shall furnish surety in the form of a performance bond and a labor and material payment bond in the amount of one hundred percent (100%) of the contract amount. Surety for such bonds shall be a company duly authorized and licensed in the State of Illinois and acceptable to the Owner. The Attorney-In-Fact who signs bid bonds or contract bonds must file with each bond a certified and effectively dated copy of their power of attorney.

O. All copies of the bid, bid security and any other documents required to be submitted with

bid shall be enclosed in a sealed opaque envelope. Envelope shall be addressed to MORRISONVILLE C.U.S.D. NO. 1, 301 SCHOOL STREET, MORRISONVILLE, ILLINOIS 62546, and shall be identified with project name, bidder's name and address. Mailed bid envelopes shall be enclosed in a separate mailing envelope with the notation "SEALED BID ENCLOSED" on the face thereof. Oral, telephonic or telegraphic Bids

Page 12: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Instructions to Bidders - AIA 00 21 14 - 4

are invalid and will not receive consideration. Bids shall be deposited at the location designated in the Invitation to Bid prior to time and date designated for opening, or any extension thereof made by addendum. Bidder shall assume full responsibility for timely delivery at location designated for receipt of Bids. Bids received after time and date for receipt of bids will be returned unopened.

P. A bid may not be modified, withdrawn or canceled during the sixty (60) days

immediately following bid opening, and each bidder so agrees in submitting his Bid. Any bidder may withdraw, cancel or modify its bid, at any time prior to scheduled time for opening of bids, by letter or telegram actually received by Owner prior to bid time, or, with proper identification, by personally securing bid submitted; if by telegram, written confirmation over signature of bidder shall be mailed and postmarked on or before date and time of bid opening. Withdrawn bids may be resubmitted up to bid opening time provided that they are in full compliance with these Instructions to Bidders.

Q. Protests 1. Any bidder who submitted a bid and believes the bid was improperly rejected or

that the bid selected by the Owner is not in the best interest of the Owner may submit a written notice of intent to protest the bid to the Owner within seven (7) days. The Owner shall consider all protests before execution of a contract. Each protest must specify the reasons supporting the protest. The Owner may require that additional information be provided. Failure to supply such required information shall be cause for dismissal of the protest.

2. The Owner shall immediately investigate the allegations against the Owners actions and shall issue a written response to the protest.

3. This provision allowing for the submission of protest shall not confer any right on any bidder but is intended solely to assist the Owner in determining the best responsible bid.

R. Any complaint or protest of the bidding procedure must be filed by the bidder to the

Owner. Within 7 days of bid opening the bidder shall notify the Owner in writing of his intent to protest bidding. The bidder shall perfect this notice of intent within 7 days.

S. Owner reserves right to disqualify bids and bidders, before or after opening, upon

evidence of collusion with intent to defraud or other illegal practices upon part of bidder, lack of responsibility as evidenced by poor workmanship and progress of past work, incomplete work which, in judgment of Owner, might hinder or prevent prompt completion of additional work if awarded, for being in arrears on existing contracts, in litigation with the Owner, or having defaulted on a previous contract.

T. Bidder's attention is directed to the fact that all Federal and Illinois State Laws, municipal

ordinances and regulations of any and all authority having jurisdiction over construction of the project shall apply to the contract throughout, and they will be deemed to be included in the contract the same as though herein written out in full. Successful Bidders shall be required to comply with 775 ILCS 10 concerning equal employment opportunities; comply with 30 ILCS 570 concerning the employment of citizens of the State of Illinois; comply with 820 ILCS 265 concerning substance abuse prevention on public works projects; and comply with 820 ILCS 130 concerning prevailing wages.

Page 13: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Instructions to Bidders - AIA 00 21 14 - 5

U. Any successful bidder that is a corporation organized in a state other than Illinois shall furnish to the Owner, upon request, a properly certified copy of its current Certificate of Authority to do business in the State of Illinois, such certificate is to remain on file with the Owner.

V. Any successful bidder that is a corporation organized in the State of Illinois shall furnish

at its own cost to the Owner, if requested, a Certificate of Good Standing issued by the Secretary of State, such certificate is to remain on file with the Owner.

W. Owner is exempt from payment of Federal & Illinois Department of Revenue's Use and

Sales Tax on material entering permanently into structure. Retail sales tax shall not be included in the bid amount.

X. Bids will be opened as announced in Invitation for Bids.

Y. Owner reserves the right to reject any or all bids or any part thereof, to waive any informalities in bidding and to accept bids deemed most favorable to the Owner.

Z. Notwithstanding any delay in preparation and execution of the formal Contract

Agreement, each bidder shall be prepared, upon written notice of bid acceptance, to commence work within ten (10) days following receipt of official written Notice to Proceed, or on date stipulated in such notice.

AA. Any work in providing or preparing to provide the services specified herein that is

commenced by the successful bidder prior to execution of a written contract agreement shall be at the bidder’s expense.

BB. Accepted bidder shall assist and cooperate with the Owner in preparing the formal

Contract Agreement, and, within fifteen (15) days following its presentation, shall execute same and return it to Owner.

CC. Contract Time: Start date shall be May 31, 2021. Time of Substantial Completion for

the project shall not be later than August 6, 2021.

END OF DOCUMENT

Page 14: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

Hurst-Rosche, Inc. E-Mail: [email protected]

Date:

CITY: STATE: PHONE: Sheet of

Question No.

Page (or Drawing Sheet) Number

Drawing No. or Spec. Section Article &

Paragraph Number

NOTE: ANY AND ALL QUESTIONS PERTAINING TO THIS BID MUST BE TYPED AND SUBMITTED ON THIS FORM AND MAILED OR E-MAILED TO RECEIVE A RESPONSE.

END OF SECTION 00 21 14.

HR Project No.: 150-3040

BIDDER:

Question by Bidder

REQUEST FOR INTERPRETATION PRE-BID QUESTION AND COMMENT FORM(All information entered shall be typed in black).

SUBMITTED BY (Name):

PROJECT NAME: Toilet Renovations, Morrisonville CUSD No. 1

ADDRESS:

Page 15: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Bid Form - Stipulated Sum 00 41 13 - 1

DOCUMENT 00 41 13 - BID FORM - STIPULATED SUM To: MORRISONVILLE C.U.S.D. NO. 1 301 SCHOOL STREET MORRISONVILLE, ILLINOIS 62546 Project: TOILET RENOVATIONS MORRISONVILLE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL MORRISONVILLE C.U.S.D. NO. 1 MORRISONVILLE, CHRISTIAN COUNTY, ILLINOIS HR #150-3040 Date: ________________________________ Submitted by: (full name) (full address)

Contact Name: 1. OFFER

Having examined the Place of The Work and all matters referred to in the Instructions to Bidders and the Contract Documents prepared by Architect for the above mentioned project, we, the undersigned, hereby offer to enter into a Contract to perform the Work for the Sum of $ dollars, in lawful money of the United States of America.

We have included bid security as required by the Instruction to Bidders.

All applicable federal taxes are excluded and State of Illinois and City of Morrisonville taxes are excluded from the Bid Sum.

2. REVIEW OF BID DOCUMENTS

The bidder represents that he is skilled and experienced in the use and interpretation of drawings and specifications such as those included in the bid documents for this contract. He has carefully reviewed the drawings, specifications and other bid documents, and has found them free of ambiguities and sufficient for bid purposes. Further, the Bidder has carefully examined the site of

Page 16: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Bid Form - Stipulated Sum 00 41 13 - 2

the work and, from his own observations, has satisfied himself as to the nature and location of the work; the character, quality and quantity of materials; the difficulties likely to be encountered; and any other items which may affect the performance of the Work. He has based his bid solely on these documents and observations, and has not relied in any way on any explanation or interpretation, oral or written, from any other source.

3. CONTRACTOR’S FEE FOR CHANGES IN WORK

Undersigned herein indicates a single percentage, not to exceed 12% for own forces and not to exceed 8% for subcontractors, for overhead and profit to be added to net extra job cost for changes in the work required to be performed by: a) Own Forces % b) Subcontractors % Undersigned herein indicates a single percentage, not less than 10% for own forces and not less than 5% for subcontractors, for overhead and profit to be added to net credit for job costs for changes in the work required to be performed by: a) Own Forces % b) Subcontractors % Percentages named above shall not include any items of insurance, bond or taxes since these are considered job cost items in contractor's quotations for changes in the work. Any percentages indicated which are higher or lower than the maximum or minimum in the typewritten language herewith, shall be disregarded and typewritten figure used.

4. CONTRACT TIME

Undersigned agrees that, if awarded the Contract for Work bid upon herein, work will start on date designated in a written Notice to Proceed order issued by the Architect and will be completed in accordance with the contract documents, with all phases of work completed and operational and ready for acceptance by the Owner no later than as required by the Contract Agreement.

5. ADDENDA

The following Addenda have been received. The modifications to the Bid Documents noted below have been considered and all costs are included in the Bid Sum.

Addendum # Dated ; Addendum # Dated Addendum # Dated ; Addendum # Dated

Page 17: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Bid Form - Stipulated Sum 00 41 13 - 3

6. APPENDICES

The following documents are attached to and made a condition of the Bid:

Bid security in the form of _____________________________ Document 00 43 00 - Procurement Form Supplements including:

Appendix A - List of Subcontractors. Appendix B – List of Alternates.

7. EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY During performance of this contract, Contractor agrees as follows:

a. The contractor will not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, color, religion, sex, or national origin. The contractor will take affirmative action to ensure that applicants are employed, and that employees are treated during employment, without regard to their race, color, religion, sex or national origin. Such action shall include, but not be limited to, the following: Employment, upgrading, demotion, or transfer, recruitment or recruitment advertising; layoff or termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and selection for training, including apprenticeship. The contractor agrees to post in conspicuous places, available to employees and applicants for employment, notices to be provided by the contracting officer setting forth the provisions of this nondiscrimination clause.

b. The contractor will in all solicitations or advertisements for employees placed by or on

behalf of the contractor, state that all qualified applicants will receive consideration for employment without regard to race, color, religion, sex or national origin.

c. The contractor will send to each labor union or representative of workers with which he

has a collective bargaining agreement or other contract of understanding, notice advising the labor union or worker's representative of the contractor's commitments under Section 202 of Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, and shall post copies of the notice in conspicuous places available to employees and applicants for employment.

d. The contractor will comply with all provisions of Executive Order 11246 of September

24, 1965, and by the rules, regulations, and relevant orders of the Secretary of Labor.

e. The contractor will furnish all information and reports required by Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, and by the rules, regulations, and order of the Secretary of Labor pursuant thereto, and will permit access to his books, records and accounts by the Department of the Secretary of Labor for purposes of investigation to ascertain compliance with such rules, regulations and orders.

f. In the event of the contractor's non-compliance with the nondiscrimination clauses of this

contract or with any such rules, regulations or orders, this contract may be canceled, terminated or suspended in whole or in part and the contractor may be declared ineligible for further Government contracts in accordance with procedures authorized in Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, and such other sanctions may be imposed and

Page 18: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Bid Form - Stipulated Sum 00 41 13 - 4

remedies involved as provided in Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, or by rule, regulation or order of the Secretary of Labor, or as otherwise provided by law.

g. The contractor will include the provisions of paragraphs (1) through (7) in every

subcontract or purchase order unless exempted by rules, regulations or orders of the Secretary of Labor issued pursuant to Section 204 of Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, so that such provisions will be binding upon each subcontractor or vendor. The contractor will take such action with respect to any subcontract or purchase order as the Department may direct as a means of enforcing such provisions including sanctions for noncompliance: Provided, however, that in the event the contractor becomes involved in, or is threatened with, litigation with the subcontractor or vendor as a result of such direction by the Department, the contractor may request the United States to enter into such litigation to project the interest of the United States.

8. NOT BARRED

The contractor by submitting its bid certifies that the Contractor is not barred from bidding on the contract as a result of a conviction for either bid-rigging or bid-rotating. 720 ILCS 5/33/E-11.

9. DRUG FREE WORKPLACE

The Contractor by submitting its bid certifies that it will provide a drug free workplace and that it is in compliance with the requirements of the Drug Free Workplace Act 30 ILCS 580.1 et. seq., and the Substance Abuse Prevention on Public Works Projects Act PA095-0635.

10. SEXUAL HARASSMENT POLICY The Contractor by submitting its bid certifies that it has a written sexual harassment, (ii) a description of sexual harassment, utilizing examples; (iv) an internal complaint process including penalties (v) the legal resource, investigative and compliant process through the Illinois Department of Human Rights: (vi) directions on how to contact the Department and Commission; and (vii) protection against retaliation for exercising rights under the policy in accordance with 775 ILCS 5/2-105(A)(4).

11. CRIMINAL RECORDS CHECKS

The Contractor by submitting its bid certifies that it will submit to background screening those employees, including subcontract employees, which will be working on any district project. This information is to be provided in accordance with the requirements of 105 ILCS 5/10-21.9. The Contractor by submitting its bid understands that employees found to be in violation of the Illinois School Code will not be permitted to work on school grounds.

Page 19: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Bid Form - Stipulated Sum 00 41 13 - 5

12. BID FORM SIGNATURES

The Corporate Seal of

(Bidder - print the full name of your firm) was hereunto affixed in the presence of:

(Authorized signing officer Title)

(Seal)

(Authorized signing officer Title)

(Seal)

If the Bid is a joint venture or partnership, add additional forms of execution for each member of the joint venture in the appropriate form or forms as above.

END OF DOCUMENT

Page 20: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after
Page 21: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Procurement Form Supplements 00 43 00 - 1

DOCUMENT 00 43 00 - PROCUREMENT FORM SUPPLEMENTS To: MORRISONVILLE C.U.S.D. NO. 1 301 SCHOOL STREET MORRISONVILLE, ILLINOIS 62546 Project: TOILET RENOVATIONS MORRISONVILLE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL MORRISONVILLE C.U.S.D. NO. 1 MORRISONVILLE, CHRISTIAN COUNTY, ILLINOIS HR #150-3040 Date: Submitted by: (full name) (full address)

Contact Name: _________________________

In accordance with Document 00 21 14 - Instructions to Bidders – AIA and Document 00 41 13 - Bid Form - Stipulated Sum, we include the Appendices to Bid Form Supplements listed below. The information provided shall be considered an integral part of the Bid Form. The following Appendices are attached to this document:

Appendix A - List of Subcontractors: Include names of all Subcontractors and portions of the Work each Subcontractor will perform. Appendix B – List of Alternates: Include cost variation to Bid Sum applicable to the Work described in Section 01 20 00-Price and Payments.

BID FORM SUPPLEMENTS SIGNATURES

The Corporate Seal of

(Bidder - print the full name of your firm)

was hereunto affixed in the presence of:

(Authorized signing officer Title) (Seal)

(Authorized signing officer Title) (Seal)

Page 22: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Procurement Form Supplements 00 43 00 - 2

APPENDIX A - LIST OF SUBCONTRACTORS Herewith is the list of subcontractors referenced in the bid submitted by: (Bidder) To (Owner) MORRISONVILLE C.U.S.D. NO. 1 Dated and which is an integral part of the Bid Form. The following work will be performed (or provided) by subcontractors and coordinated by us: WORK SUBJECT NAME HVAC ELECTRICAL PLUMBING TILING PAINTING TOILET PARTITIONS TOILET ACCESSORIES

Page 23: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Procurement Form Supplements 00 43 00 - 3

APPENDIX B - LIST OF ALTERNATES The following is the list of alternates referenced in the bid submitted by: (Bidder) To (Owner) MORRISONVILLE C.U.S.D. NO. 1 Dated and which is an integral part of the Bid Form. The following amounts shall be added to or deducted from the Bid Sum. Refer to Section 01 20 00 - Price and Payment Procedures: Schedule of Alternates for description of alternates. Alternate Bid #1 (Add) $

END OF DOCUMENT

Page 24: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after
Page 25: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Agreement Form - AIA 00 52 14 - 1

DOCUMENT 00 52 14 - AGREEMENT FORM - AIA

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Document Includes: 1. Contract Agreement.

B. Related Documents: 1. Document 00 72 14 - General Conditions – AIA Stipulated Sum. 2. Document 00 73 13 - Supplementary Conditions - AIA.

1.2 CONTRACT AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR

A. THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into as of the day of

in the year of Two Thousand and by and between hereinafter and in the Contract Documents called "Contractor" and the MORRISONVILLE C.U.S.D. NO. 1, hereinafter and in the Contract Documents called "Owner."

B. WITNESSETH: That for and in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements,

hereinafter stated, Contractor and Owner covenant and agree as follows: C. THE CONTRACT WORK:

1. Contractor covenants and agrees to furnish all labor, materials, equipment, transportation, construction plant and facilities necessary to perform all Work required by the Contract Documents, for the Project entitled:

a. TOILET RENOVATIONS

MORRISONVILLE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL MORRISONVILLE C.U.S.D. NO. 1 MORRISONVILLE, CHRISTIAN COUNTY, ILLINOIS

as shown on Drawings and described in Specifications prepared by Design Architects, Inc., Hillsboro, Illinois, acting as, and in these Contract Documents referred to as Architect/Engineer and covenants and agrees to do and perform all acts and things required of Contractor by this Contract and the Contract Documents.

D. TIME OF COMPLETION:

1. The Owner requires the Project to be substantially complete by August 6, 2021. E. CONTRACT SUM AND TERMS OF PAYMENT:

1. Contract Sum: The Owner, if Contractor shall faithfully fulfill and perform this Contract, covenants and agrees to pay Contractor in current funds, subject to additions and deductions by Change Order as provided in the Contract Documents, the sum of Dollars ($ ), which sum shall constitute the Contract Sum, said Contract Sum being derived from Contractor's Bid dated . It is understood and agreed that should there be any increase in wage rates, or in cost

Page 26: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Agreement Form - AIA 00 52 14 - 2

of materials or equipment, or in any other of Contractor's costs or should Con-tractor be compelled to pay premium wages, or for overtime work, during the life of this Contract and/or prior to completion of Contractor's work thereunder, Contractor shall absorb all such increased costs, without addition to the Contract Sum except when otherwise expressly provided in Contract Documents.

2. Payments: Owner shall make payments for work performed under the Contract

as provided in Article Nine of the General Conditions and in accordance with other applicable articles of the Supplementary Conditions and Contract Documents.

3. Contractor's Fees for Changes in Work: In accordance with Contractor's bid, it is

agreed that the following percentages for overhead and profit shall be applied on work added to or omitted from the Contract by written Change Order approved by Architect and Owner in advance of performance of the work.

Additional Work performed by: 1. Own Forces % 2. Subcontractors % Omitted Work originally required by: 1. Own Forces % 2. Subcontractors %

F. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS:

1. Contract Documents include the Contract Agreement, Contractor's Bid as accepted by Owner, Conditions of the Contract (General, Supplementary and other Conditions), Drawings, Specifications, and all Addenda issued prior to and all Modifications issued after execution of the Contract Agreement.

2. Bidder’s attention is directed to the fact that all Federal and Illinois State Laws, municipal ordinances and regulations of any and all authority having jurisdiction over construction of the project shall apply to the contract throughout, and they will be deemed to be included in the contract the same as though herein written out in full. Successful Bidders shall be required to comply with 777 ILCS 10 concerning equal employment opportunities; comply with 30 ILCS 570 concerning the employment of citizens of the State of Illinois; comply with 820 ILCS 265 concerning substance abuse prevention on public works projects; and comply with 820 ILCS 130 concerning prevailing wages.

G. ILLINOIS LABOR:

Contractor shall comply with all Illinois statutory requirements regarding labor, including, but not limited to, the following:

1. Illinois Public Act 77-1552 and Chapter 48, Sections 39S-1 through 39S-12 of

the Illinois Revised Statutes regulating wages of laborers, mechanics and other workers employed in any public works and known as the "Prevailing Wage Act," which provides in part that all laborers, mechanics and workers performing work under the Contract shall be paid not less than the prevailing rate of wages as

Page 27: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Agreement Form - AIA 00 52 14 - 3

determined by the Illinois Department of Labor (820 ILCS 130). 2. Illinois Public Act 83-1472, Article 2 and Chapter 48, Sections 2201 through

2207, 1984 of the Illinois Revised Statutes pertaining to hiring of Illinois labor and known as the "Illinois Preference Act (30 ILCS 570)."

3. "Illinois Human Rights Act of 1980," Chapter 68, Illinois Revised Statutes, and

the Rules and Regulations, Title 44, Section 750 of the Illinois Administrative Code, Illinois Department of Human Rights; pertaining to equal employment opportunity (777 ILCS 10).

H. PERFORMANCE BOND AND LABOR AND MATERIAL PAYMENT BOND:

1. Within ten (10) days immediately following date of his receipt of this contract,

Contractor shall furnish Owner the signed Contract and Performance Bond and Labor and Material Payment Bond as required by and in accordance with the terms of Contract Documents in a penal sum of one hundred percent (100%) of the Contract sum.

2. In the event Contractor fails to furnish Owner such Contract and Bonds within said period, this Contract shall thereupon become null and void at Owner's option, exercised by written registered notice and mailed to Contractor by said Owner within five (5) days thereafter. Owner may then retain and enforce as liquidated damages, bid guarantee heretofore deposited with it in connection with Contractor's proposal for this Contract or the difference between his bid and a subsequent awarded bid, whichever is lesser.

I. IN WITNESS HEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this agreement as of the day

and year first written above.

OWNER: MORRISONVILLE C.U.S.D. NO. 1 BY TITLE CONTRACTOR: Attest: BY BY Secretary TITLE (Corporate Seal)

END OF DOCUMENT

Page 28: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after
Page 29: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Contractor’s Affidavit for Final Completion 006400 - 1

CONTRACTOR'S AFFIDAVIT FOR FINAL COMPLETION (To be filed with final request for payment)

STATE OF ) COUNTY OF ) , being first duly sworn upon oath deposes and says: That he/she is of hereinafter termed "The Contractor" for all work upon the hereinafter termed "Said Project," work for the MORRISONVILLE CUSD NO. 1, under that certain contract between said Contractor and said Owner, bearing date of pertaining to said work. Affiant further states, of his/her own knowledge, that all bills incurred by the Contractor, for services, labor and material furnished, for work done by the Contractor under said Contract, or in connection with said project have been paid and all subcontractors who have furnished services, labor or materials have no claim or demand against Owner for any services, labor and/or materials furnished and/or work done by them upon said Project. Affiant further states that this affidavit is made on behalf of the Contractor for the purpose of obtaining payment of the sum of ___________________________________________($___________________) dollars, which affiant states, upon his/her own knowledge, constitutes the full balance due the Contractor for all services, labor and materials furnished and work done to and upon Said Project by the Contractor whether under and pursuant to provisions of said Contract and all subsequent modifications thereof and changes therein or otherwise; and that payment of the sum to the Contractor will constitute payment in full on everything due for such services, labor, materials and work, and will fully satisfy any and all claims or demands which Contractor may have or assert against said Owner, arising out of anything done or furnished by the Contractor or occurring in connection with said Project and/or Contract. CONTRACTOR By Title Subscribed and Sworn to before me the day of , 20 . NOTARY PUBLIC

Page 30: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after
Page 31: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Waiver of Lien 006450 - 1

(PARTIAL) (FINAL) WAIVER OF LIEN

STATE OF }SS COUNTY OF TO WHOM IT MAY CONCERN: WHEREAS the undersigned has been employed by MORRISONVILLE CUSD NO. 1, hereinafter known as the OWNER, To Furnish: For the project known as: TOILET RENOVATIONS For the premises known as: MORRISONVILLE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL Address: MORRISONVILLE CUSD NO. 1, MORRISONVILLE, ILLINOIS THE undersigned, for and in consideration of the dollar amount shown below and other good and valuable considerations, do(es) hereby waive and release under the mechanics’ lien statutes of the State where the project premises are located, to the extent of the payment recited below is received by the undersigned and is applicable to lienable labor, services, materials, fixtures, or apparatus, any and all lien or claim or right of lien on the above-described premises and the improvements, fixtures and appurtenances thereon, and on the monies or other considerations due or to become due from the Owner and on all other project-related monies from whatever source, on the account of the above-mentioned labor, services, materials, fixtures, or apparatus furnished by the undersigned for or in connection with the above-described premises. (Payment amount written in long form) PAYMENT AMOUNT (Company Name) (Address) (City/State/Zip) (Signature of Officer) Sworn to and subscribed before me this day of . (Notary Public) My commission expires:

Page 32: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after
Page 33: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Affidavit Of Payment To Material Suppliers And Subcontractors 006500 - 1

AFFIDAVIT OF PAYMENT TO MATERIAL SUPPLIERS AND SUBCONTRACTORS STATE OF COUNTY OF , being first duly sworn upon oath deposes and says, that he/she entered into a Contract with the MORRISONVILLE CUSD NO. 1, known as the Owner, for furnishing of labor, work services, materials, fixtures, and supplies for TOILET RENOVATIONS at the following described real estate: MORRISONVILLE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL. That for the purpose of said Contract, the following persons, firms or corporations have been contracted with to furnish, have furnished or prepared, or will furnish or prepare labor, services, materials, fixtures, apparatus, machinery or supplies, or are furnishing and preparing material for said construction; that there are due or to become due to them respectively, the amounts set opposite their names for said labor, services, materials, fixtures, apparatus, machinery and supplies as stated; that there are no other contractors outstanding and there is nothing due or to become due any person, firm, or corporation, for labor, services, materials, fixtures, machinery, apparatus, or supplies, other than as stated herewith. MATERIAL SUPPLIER AMOUNT AMOUNT DUE AND/OR CONTRACT CONTRACT PAID OR TO SUBCONTRACTOR ITEM AMOUNT TO DATE BECOME DUE CONTRACTOR Subscribed and sworn to before me, a Notary Public, this day of ; A.D. 20 . NOTARY PUBLIC

Page 34: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after
Page 35: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Consent Of Surety Company To Final Payment 006550 - 1

CONSENT OF SURETY COMPANY TO FINAL PAYMENT (To be filed with final request for payment)

PROJECT: TOILET RENOVATIONS

MORRISONVILLE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL MORRISONVILLE CUSD NO. 1 MORRISONVILLE, CHRISTIAN COUNTY, ILLINOIS TO (Owner): MORRISONVILLE CUSD NO. 1 301 SCHOOL STREET MORRISONVILLE, ILLINOIS 62546 CONTRACTOR: (Name, address) CONTRACT DATE: BOND NO.: In accordance with the provisions between Owner and Contractor indicated above, SURETY COMPANY, hereby approves of final payment to Contractor, and agrees that final payment to Contractor shall not relieve Surety Company of any of its obligations to Owner, as set forth in Surety Company's bond. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Surety Company has hereunto set its hand this day of , 20 . Attest: Surety Company (Seal): Signature of Authorized Representative Title

Page 36: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after
Page 37: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 General Conditions – AIA Stipulated Sum 00 72 14 - 1

DOCUMENT 00 72 14 - GENERAL CONDITIONS – AIA STIPULATED SUM

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Document Includes: 1. General Conditions.

B. Related Documents: 1. Document 00 52 14 – Agreement Form – AIA Stipulated Sum. 2. Document 00 73 13 – Supplementary Conditions - AIA.

1.2 GENERAL CONDITIONS

A. AIA Document A201-2007, General Conditions of the Contract for Construction, is the General Conditions of the Contract.

1.3 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS

A. Refer to Document 00 73 13 for modifications to General Conditions.

END OF DOCUMENT

Page 38: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after
Page 39: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Supplementary Conditions - AIA 00 73 13 - 1

DOCUMENT 00 73 13 - SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS - AIA

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Document Includes: 1. General Conditions. 2. Supplementary Conditions.

B. Related Documents:

1. Document 00 41 13 – Bid Form – Stipulated Sum 2. Document 00 52 14 – Agreement Form - AIA

1.2 GENERAL CONDITIONS

A. The General Conditions of the Contract for Construction, AIA Document A201, Sixteenth Edition, 2007, Articles 1 through 15, is a part of this Contract and is incorporated herein as fully as if here set forth. Copies of the General Conditions are on file and may be reviewed at the offices of the Architect, or may be obtained from the American Institute of Architects, St. Louis Chapter, 911 Washington St., #225, St. Louis, Missouri 63101-1203.

1.3 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS

A. The following supplements modify, change, delete from or add to the "General Conditions of the Contract for Construction," AIA Document A201, Sixteenth Edition, 2007. Where any Article of the General Conditions is modified or changed or any Paragraph, Subparagraph or Clause thereof is modified, changed or deleted by these supplements, the unaltered provisions of that Article, Paragraph, Subparagraph or Clause shall remain in effect.

1.4 REFERENCE TO DIVISION 01

A. Where provisions of General Conditions relate to project administrative or work-related requirements of the Contract, and those provisions differ from those specified in Division 01, provisions outlined in Division 01 shall prevail.

1.5 ARTICLE 1: GENERAL PROVISIONS

A. 1.5.1 In the second line following the word "Specifications” insert the words "and Project Manual,”.

B. 1.6 TRANSMISSION OF DATA IN DIGITAL FORM: Add new subparagraph 1.6.1:

1.6.1 Electronic drawings provided by the Owner or Architect are for informational purposes only and are not intended for any other use. The paper copies provided are a true representation of the completed design and if discrepancies should exist between the paper copy and the electronic copy, the paper copy shall govern.

Page 40: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Supplementary Conditions - AIA 00 73 13 - 2

C. Delete Subparagraph 1.1.8 its entirety and substitute the following:

1.1.8 INITIAL DECISION MAKER

The Initial Decision Maker is the person identified in the Agreement to render initial decisions on Claims in accordance with Section 15.2 and certify termination of the Agreement under Section 14.2.2. If the Initial Decision Maker is not specifically identified in the Agreement, the responsibilities of the Initial Decision Maker shall default to the Architect.

D. DEFINITIONS: Add Paragraph 1.1.9

1.1.9 PROJECT MANUAL

The Project Manual is the collection of documents which includes the bidding requirements, sample forms and, certain Contract Documents such as the Conditions of the Contract and the Specifications.

1.6 ARTICLE 2: OWNER

A. 2.2 INFORMATION AND SERVICES REQUIRED OF THE OWNER:

B. Delete Subparagraphs 2.2.3 and 2.2.5 in their entireties and substitute the following:

2.2.3 The Owner shall, at the request of the Contractor, furnish to Contractor any survey or other similar descriptive information of project site that Owner has in his possession. Upon demonstration of need by Contractor for specific additional survey information, Owner shall obtain and furnish such information to Contractor.

2.2.5 Contractor will be furnished, free of charge, 4 copies of Drawings,

Specifications, and Project Manual as set forth in Division 1 of the Specifications. Additional copies will be furnished to Contractor at cost of reproduction, postage and handling.

1.7 ARTICLE 3: CONTRACTOR

3.2. REVIEW OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND FIELD CONDITIONS BY CONTRACTOR: Add Subparagraphs 3.2.5 and 3.2.6:

3.2.5 The Contractor by executing the Contract represents that he has carefully

examined the Site of the Work at each location and that he has full knowledge of and fully understands the facilities, site conditions, difficulties and restrictions attending performance of the Work. Contractor further represents that he has taken all required measurements and carefully inspected existing constructions, irregularities and interferences which may affect the Work. No additional compensation will be allowed for conditions increasing Contractor’s cost which were not known to or appreciated by him prior to executing the Contract if they could have been discovered by him following the foregoing procedures and thoroughly informing himself of all existing conditions affecting the Work.

Page 41: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Supplementary Conditions - AIA 00 73 13 - 3

3.2.6 Contractor will not, however, be required to excavate, penetrate or demolish any constructions or other work and conditions prior to executing the Contract in order to uncover and/or expose concealed conditions that affect the Work. If, during course of construction, Contractor uncovers conditions that affect the work that could not have been known and understood by the above described careful examination of conditions affecting the Work, he shall promptly notify the Architect, in writing, who will determine if claims for additional costs or extensions of time are justified. If such claims are found to be justified, Contract will be modified in accordance with Article 7 of the General Conditions.

1.8 ARTICLE 4: ARCHITECT

A. 4.1 GENERAL: Delete Subparagraph 4.1.1 in its entirety and substitute the following:

4.1.1 The Owner shall retain an architect or engineer lawfully licensed to practice

architecture or engineering or an entity lawfully practicing architecture or engineering in the jurisdiction where the Project is located. That person or entity is identified as the Architect in the Agreement and is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number.

1.9 ARTICLE 5: SUBCONTRACTORS

A. 5.2 AWARD OF SUBCONTRACTS AND OTHER CONTRACTS FOR PORTIONS OF THE WORK: Add new Subparagraph 5.2.1.1.:

5.2.1.1. Within ten (10) days of notification of acceptance of his proposal,

Contractor shall submit the names of those to whom he intends to award a Subcontract.

1.10 ARTICLE 6: CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS

A. 6.1 OWNER'S RIGHT TO PERFORM CONSTRUCTION AND TO AWARD SEPARATE CONTRACTS: Delete Subparagraph 6.1.3 in its entirety and substitute the following:

6.1.3 General Contractor shall have responsibility of coordinating efforts of all

contractors and to maintain overall direction of job progress. Each Contractor shall coordinate operational methods with other contractors and encourage communications among all trades. All Contractors shall make other contractors aware of any problems, delays in materials shipments or lack of work force, and assist other contractors in maintaining job momentum and direction of overall project.

Page 42: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Supplementary Conditions - AIA 00 73 13 - 4

1.11 ARTICLE 9: PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION

A. 9.3 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT: Add new Subparagraph 9.3.1.3

9.3.1.3.: The Owner will accept pay requests monthly from the prime contractor. The Owner will hold 10% retainage through final acceptance.

1.12 ARTICLE 11: INSURANCE AND BONDS

A. 11.1.1 In the first line following the word "maintain," insert the words "in a company or companies licensed to do business in the state in which the project is located and rated ‘A’ or better by A.M. Best Co.."

B. Add new Subparagraph 11.1.1.9:

11.1.1.9 General Liability Insurance shall be comprehensive, on occurrence, and shall include:

Premises and Operations. Independent Contractors. Products and Completed Operations. Broad Form Property Damage. Personal Injury. Explosion, Collapse and Underground damage where the hazard

exists. Contractual liability.

C. Add the following Sub-Subparagraphs to Subparagraph 11.1.2:

11.1.2.1 The insurance required by Subparagraph 11.1.1 shall be on a project specific basis and written for not less than the following, or greater if required by law:

1. Worker's Compensation: a. State: Statutory b. Applicable Federal: Statutory c. Employer's Liability: $500,000 2. Comprehensive General Liability: a. Bodily Injury: $1,000,000 Combined Single Limit b. Property Damage: $1,000,000 Combined Singled Limit

Page 43: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Supplementary Conditions - AIA 00 73 13 - 5

Limit Coverage for bodily injury and property damage per occurrence and in the same aggregate limit will be accepted in lieu of the separate limits specified above.

3. Personal Injury:

$ 1,000,000 Combined single limit including owned non-owned, and hired motor vehicle.

4. Comprehensive Automobile Liability: a. Bodily Injury: $1,000,000 Combined single limit including owned, non-owned, and hired motor vehicle. b. Property Damage: $1,000,000 Combined single limit including owned, non-owned, and hired motor vehicle c. $1,000,000 Combined Single

Limit coverage for bodily injury and property damage per occurrence and in the same aggregate limit will be accepted in lieu of the separate limits specified above.

11.1.2.2 Umbrella Form Liability Coverage: An Umbrella Form Liability coverage to not less than $2,000,000 for any one

occurrence and subject to the same aggregate over the Employer's Liability, Comprehensive General Liability, and Comprehensive Automobile Liability coverage is required.

D. Add the following Subparagraph 11.1.3.1:

11.1.3.1 Contractor shall furnish one copy each of Certificates of Insurance herein required for each copy of the Agreement which shall specifically set forth evidence of all coverage required by Paragraph 11.1. The Certificate of Insurance is to be accompanied by AIA Document G715TM-1997 (Supplemental Attachment for ACORD Certificate of Insurance 25-S). Contractor shall furnish to the Owner copies of any endorsements that are subsequently issued amending coverage or limits. The Contractor shall furnish to the Owner notice of any policy cancellation at least 30 days (10 days for non payment of premiums) prior to the effective date of cancellation. The Contractor shall submit copies of subcontractor's Certificates of Insurance prior to the beginning of work.

Page 44: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Supplementary Conditions - AIA 00 73 13 - 6

E. Add the following Subparagraph 11.1.4.1: 11.1.4.1 The Owner and Architect shall be named as additional insureds on ISO

form 20331001 by endorsement for the purpose of coverage only with no liability for premium payments. All policies and coverages shall include a waiver of subrogation in favor of the Owner, Architect, and all subconsultants.

F. 11.3. PROPERTY INSURANCE: Delete Subparagraph 11.3.1 in its entirety and substitute the following:

11.3.1: The General Contractor shall be responsible to maintain property (builder’s

risk) insurance upon the completed value of all work at the site under this contract to the full insurable value thereof. This insurance shall include the interests of the Owner, the General Contractor, Subcontractors, and Sub-subcontractors in the work and as their interests may appear in the work, and shall be an all-risk type policy, including theft, subject to the exclusions generally accepted in the insurance industry. This coverage is not intended to, and shall not, provide coverage for tools, equipment, scaffolding, forms, or other devices used by the Contractors or Subcontractors in performing work under this contract.

11.3.1.2 Delete this Paragraph in its entirety.

G. Delete Subparagraphs 11.3.1.3 in its entirety and substitute the following:

11.3.1.3 If the property insurance requires deductibles, the Contractor shall pay costs not covered because of such deductibles.

1.13 ARTICLE 13: MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

A. Add new paragraph 13.8 as follows: 13.8 REFERENCED STANDARDS

13.8.1 No provision of any referenced standard specification, manual or code;

whether or not specifically incorporated by reference in the Contract Documents; shall be effective to change the duties and responsibilities of Owner, Contractor or Architect, or any of their consultants, agents or employees from those set forth in the Contract Documents, nor shall it be effective to assign to Architect, or any of Architect's consultants, agents or employees, any duty or authority to supervise or direct the furnishing or performance of the Work or any duty or authority to undertake responsibility contrary to the provisions of Articles 1 through 15.

END OF SECTION

Page 45: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Prevailing Rate of Wages 008250 - 1

BIDDING & CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS Document 00 82 50 - Prevailing Rate of Wages ARTICLE 25: PREVAILING RATE OF WAGES 25.1 Pursuant to Illinois Compiled Statutes 820 ILCS 130/0.01 et seq., these specifications list on the

following pages, the Illinois Department of Labor prevailing rate of wages for the county where the contract is being performed and for each craft or type of worker needed to execute the contract.

Page 46: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Prevailing Rate of Wages 008250 - 2

Christian County Prevailing Wage Rates posted on 12/1/2020  

Trade Title Rg Type C Base Foreman M-F Overtime

H/W Pension Vac Trng

ASBESTOS ABT-GEN All BLD 31.26 32.51 1.5 7.25 18.39 0.00 0.90

ASBESTOS ABT-MEC All BLD 32.00 33.00 1.5 9.00 6.25 0.00 0.50

BOILERMAKER All BLD 39.00 41.50 1.5 7.07 24.52 1.50 1.05

BRICK MASON All BLD 33.49 35.16 1.5 9.50 14.55 0.00 0.88

CARPENTER All BLD 33.36 35.61 1.5 8.90 19.00 0.00 0.70

CARPENTER All HWY 35.05 36.80 1.5 8.90 19.00 0.00 0.67

CEMENT MASON All BLD 30.00 32.00 1.5 9.85 13.82 0.00 0.60

CEMENT MASON All HWY 30.00 32.25 1.5 9.85 14.19 0.00 0.60

CERAMIC TILE FINISHER All BLD 32.13 1.5 8.60 11.80 0.00 0.30

ELECTRIC PWR EQMT OP All ALL 47.70 56.60 1.5 7.93 13.36 0.00 0.72

ELECTRIC PWR GRNDMAN All ALL 32.41 56.60 1.5 7.47 9.07 0.00 0.48

ELECTRIC PWR LINEMAN All ALL 53.09 56.60 1.5 8.09 14.86 0.00 0.80

ELECTRIC PWR TRK DRV All ALL 34.02 56.60 1.5 7.52 9.53 0.00 0.51

ELECTRICIAN All BLD 38.88 42.77 1.5 7.53 11.40 0.00 0.58

ELECTRONIC SYSTEM TECH All BLD 35.58 37.58 1.5 7.45 8.02 0.00 0.40

ELEVATOR CONSTRUCTOR All BLD 47.72 53.68 2.0 15.72 18.41 3.82 0.63

GLAZIER All BLD 36.51 38.51 1.5 6.45 11.45 0.00 0.68

HEAT/FROST INSULATOR All BLD 39.38 40.38 1.5 10.79 13.10 0.00 0.80

IRON WORKER All BLD 32.77 34.77 1.5 10.57 16.07 0.00 0.80

IRON WORKER All HWY 34.14 35.89 1.5 10.57 17.39 0.00 0.80

LABORER All BLD 28.76 30.01 1.5 7.25 18.39 0.00 0.80

LABORER All HWY 29.78 30.53 1.5 7.25 18.88 0.00 0.80

LATHER All BLD 33.36 35.61 1.5 8.90 19.00 0.00 0.70

MACHINIST All BLD 49.68 52.18 1.5 7.93 8.95 1.85 1.47

MARBLE FINISHER All BLD 32.13 1.5 8.60 11.80 0.00 0.30

MARBLE MASON All BLD 33.65 1.5 8.60 11.80 0.00 0.30

MILLWRIGHT All BLD 33.06 35.31 1.5 8.90 19.76 0.00 0.70

MILLWRIGHT All HWY 36.40 38.15 1.5 8.90 20.52 0.00 0.67

OPERATING ENGINEER All BLD 1 38.76 40.37 1.5 11.25 11.55 0.00 2.50

OPERATING ENGINEER All BLD 2 36.23 40.37 1.5 11.25 11.55 0.00 2.50

OPERATING ENGINEER All BLD 3 32.35 40.37 1.5 11.25 11.55 0.00 2.50

Page 47: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Prevailing Rate of Wages 00 82 50 - 3

Christian County Prevailing Wage Rates posted on 12/1/2020 

OPERATING ENGINEER All BLD 4 40.37 40.37 1.5 11.25 11.55 0.00 2.50

OPERATING ENGINEER All HWY 1 45.28 1.5 11.25 11.55 0.00 2.50

OPERATING ENGINEER All HWY 2 40.41 1.5 11.25 11.55 0.00 2.50

OPERATING ENGINEER All HWY 3 32.93 1.5 11.25 11.55 0.00 2.50

OPERATING ENGINEER All HWY 4 46.78 1.5 11.25 11.55 0.00 2.50

PAINTER All ALL 31.98 33.48 1.5 6.45 12.38 0.00 0.65

PAINTER OVER 30 FT. All ALL 32.98 34.48 1.5 6.45 12.38 0.00 0.65

PAINTER PWR EQMT All ALL 32.98 34.48 1.5 6.45 12.38 0.00 0.65

PILEDRIVER All BLD 34.36 36.61 1.5 8.90 19.00 0.00 0.70

PILEDRIVER All HWY 35.05 36.80 1.5 8.90 19.00 0.00 0.67

PIPEFITTER E BLD 39.41 43.41 1.5 7.75 11.11 0.00 1.30

PIPEFITTER W BLD 43.29 47.29 1.5 7.75 11.11 0.00 1.30

PLASTERER All BLD 32.90 34.65 1.5 9.00 15.19 0.00 0.90

PLUMBER E BLD 39.41 43.41 1.5 7.75 11.11 0.00 1.30

PLUMBER W BLD 43.29 47.29 1.5 7.75 11.11 0.00 1.30

ROOFER All BLD 31.86 34.71 1.5 10.40 10.41 0.00 0.56

SHEETMETAL WORKER All BLD 35.87 39.52 1.5 9.45 16.71 0.00 0.80

SPRINKLER FITTER All BLD 41.97 44.72 1.5 10.23 14.02 0.00 0.52

STONE MASON All BLD 33.49 35.16 1.5 9.50 14.55 0.00 0.88

TERRAZZO FINISHER All BLD 32.13 1.5 8.60 11.80 0.00 0.30

TERRAZZO MASON All BLD 33.65 1.5 8.60 11.80 0.00 0.30

TILE MASON All BLD 33.65 1.5 8.60 11.80 0.00 0.30

TRUCK DRIVER All ALL 1 39.04 43.28 1.5 13.52 6.86 0.00 0.25

TRUCK DRIVER All ALL 2 39.60 43.28 1.5 13.52 6.86 0.00 0.25

TRUCK DRIVER All ALL 3 39.91 43.28 1.5 13.52 6.86 0.00 0.25

TRUCK DRIVER All ALL 4 40.25 43.28 1.5 13.52 6.86 0.00 0.25

TRUCK DRIVER All ALL 5 41.33 43.28 1.5 13.52 6.86 0.00 0.25

TRUCK DRIVER All O&C 1 31.23 34.62 1.5 13.52 6.86 0.00 0.25

TRUCK DRIVER All O&C 2 31.68 34.62 1.5 13.52 6.86 0.00 0.25

TRUCK DRIVER All O&C 3 31.93 34.62 1.5 13.52 6.86 0.00 0.25

TRUCK DRIVER All O&C 4 32.20 34.62 1.5 13.52 6.86 0.00 0.25

TRUCK DRIVER All O&C 5 33.06 34.62 1.5 13.52 6.86 0.00 0.25

TUCKPOINTER All BLD 33.49 35.16 1.5 9.50 14.55 0.00 0.88

END OF SECTION

Page 48: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after
Page 49: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Drawings, Schedules, and Details 00 86 00-1

BIDDING & CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS Document 00 86 00 - Drawings, Schedules and Details DRAWING NO. TITLE G-101 Cover Sheet G-102 Abbreviations, Legend, General Notes, and Sheet Index A-100 ADA Guidelines A-101 Overall Existing Floor Plans A-102 Demo and Proposed Floor Plans A-103 Tile Pattern Plans & Toilet Elevations P-101 Demo and Proposed Plumbing Plans ME-101 Demo and Proposed Mechanical / Electrical Plans All drawings dated January 4, 2021. END 00 86 00.

Page 50: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after
Page 51: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Summary 01 10 00 - 1

SECTION 01 10 00 - SUMMARY

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 SECTION INCLUDES

A. Contract description.

B. Owner supplied products.

C. Contractor's use of site and premises.

D. Owner occupancy.

E. Specification Conventions.

F. Contractor’s Duties.

G. Contract Documents.

1.2 CONTRACT DESCRIPTION

A. Scope of Work: Project is the renovation of two multi-user toilet rooms in Morrisonville Elementary School to include removal of all existing plumbing fixtures, toilet partitions, toilet accessories and flooring. New work includes provision and installation of new plumbing fixtures, plastic toilet partitions, stainless steel toilet accessories, porcelain paver tiles on floors and walls, painting and associated mechanical, electrical and plumbing work.

Alternate Bid #1 Scope of Work: Project is the renovation of one single-user toilet room in Morrisonville Elementary School to include removal of plumbing fixtures, toilet accessories and asbestos containing floor tile and mastic. New work includes provision and installation of new plumbing fixtures, stainless steel toilet accessories, porcelain pater tiles on floor and base, painting and plumbing work.

B. Perform Work of Contract under stipulated sum contract with Owner in accordance with Conditions of Contract.

1.3 OWNER SUPPLIED PRODUCTS

A. Owner's Responsibilities: 1. Arrange for and deliver Owner-reviewed Shop Drawings, Product Data, and

Samples, to Contractor. 2. Arrange and pay for delivery to site. 3. On delivery, inspect products jointly with Contractor.

Page 52: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Summary 01 10 00 - 2

4. Submit claims for transportation damage and replace damaged, defective, or deficient items.

5. Arrange for manufacturers' warranties, inspections, and service.

B. Contractor's Responsibilities: 1. Review Owner-reviewed Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples. 2. Receive and unload products at site; inspect for completeness or damage jointly

with Owner. 3. Handle, store, install and finish products. 4. Repair or replace items damaged after receipt.

1.4 CONTRACTOR'S USE OF SITE AND PREMISES

A. Limit use of site and premises to allow: 1. Owner occupancy. 2. Use of site and premises by the public.

B. Construction Operations: Limited to areas noted on Drawings.

C. Allow for public use of all adjoining streets and sidewalks.

D. Light duty vehicle parking is permitted. All parking lots and sidewalks are to be restored to their original condition.

1.5 OWNER OCCUPANCY

A. The Owner will occupy the premises during the entire period of construction for the conduct of normal operations.

B. Cooperate with Owner to minimize conflict, and to facilitate Owner's operations.

C. Schedule the Work to accommodate Owner occupancy.

1.6 SPECIFICATION CONVENTIONS

A. These specifications are written in imperative mood and streamlined form. This imperative language is directed to the Contractor, unless specifically noted otherwise. The words “shall be” are included by inference where a colon (:) is used within sentences or phrases.

1.7 CONTRACTOR’S DUTIES

A. Except as specifically noted, Contractor shall provide and pay for: 1. All labor, materials, and equipment used for construction of and/or incorporated

into the project. 2. All tools, construction equipment and machinery. 3. Required building permits, and all inspection fees by governmental authorities. 4. Other facilities and services necessary for proper execution and complete of

work.

Page 53: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Summary 01 10 00 - 3

B. Owner is exempt from sales tax on product permanently incorporated in work. 1. Obtain sales tax exemption certificate number from Owner. 2. Place exemption certificate number on invoices for materials incorporated in

work. 3. Upon completion of work, file with Owner a notarized statement that all

purchases made under exemption certificate were entitled to be exempt and furnish copies of invoice to Owner.

4. Pay legally assessed penalties for improper use of exemption certificate number.

C. Comply with codes, ordinances, rules, regulations, orders, and other legal requirements of public authorities which bear on performance of work.

D. Promptly submit written notice to Architect/Engineer of observed variance of contract documents from legal requirements. 1. It is not the Contractor’s responsibility to make certain that drawings and

specifications comply with codes and regulations. a. Appropriate modifications to contract documents will account for/reflect

necessary changes. b. Assume responsibility for work known to be contrary to such

requirements if written notice is not provided by the Contractor to the Architect.

E. Enforce strict discipline and good order among employees.

F. Do not unreasonably encumber site with materials or equipment.

G. Do not load structure with weight that will endanger structure.

H. Assume full responsibility for protection and safe-keeping of products stored on premises.

I. Move any stored products which interfere with operations of Owner or other Contractors.

J. Obtain and pay for use of additional storage or work areas needed for operations.

K. The School Board shall prohibit the use of tobacco on school property when the property is being used for any school purposes. Tobacco shall mean cigarette, cigar, pipe or tobacco in any other form including smokeless tobacco which is any loose, cut, shredded, ground, powdered, compressed or leaf tobacco that is intended to be placed in the mouth without being smoked. All members of work crews must remain fully clothed and refrain from using obscene or profane language during these same time parameters. School purposes include, but are not limited to, all interscholastic or extracurricular athletic, academic, or other events sponsored by the School Board or in which students of the District participate.

L. Contractor shall maintain building free from entrance of water at all times during construction.

Page 54: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Summary 01 10 00 - 4

M. Contractor shall furnish, erect and maintain temporary ladders, ramps, or hoists as may be required for performance of his work. 1. All such equipment shall be substantially designed, constructed, and maintained

in accordance with applicable federal, state, and local laws, ordinances, and regulations, and shall be promptly removed when no longer needed.

N. Contractor shall design, furnish, erect, maintain, and move all ladders and scaffolding required for this work. 1. All ladders and scaffolding shall be designed, constructed, and maintained in

accordance with applicable federal, state, and local law, ordinances, and regulations, and shall be promptly removed when no longer needed.

1.8 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS

A. Contractor will be furnished free of charge four (4) copies of drawings and specifications.

B. On request, additional copies will be furnished to Contractor at cost of reproduction, postage and handling.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

Not Used.

PART 3 EXECUTION

Not Used.

END OF SECTION

Page 55: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Price and Payment Procedures 01 20 00 - 1

SECTION 01 20 00 - PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 SECTION INCLUDES

A. Schedule of values.

B. Applications for payment.

C. Change procedures.

D. Defect assessment.

E. Alternates.

1.2 SCHEDULE OF VALUES

A. Submit printed schedule on AIA Form G703 - Continuation Sheet for G702. Contractor's standard form or electronic media printout will be considered.

B. Submit Schedule of Values in duplicate within 15 days after date of Owner-Contractor Agreement.

C. Format: Utilize Table of Contents of this Project Manual. Identify each line item with number and title of major specification Section. Identify site mobilization, bonds and insurance, and overhead and profit.

D. Include separately from each line item, direct proportional amount of Contractor's overhead and profit.

E. Revise schedule to list approved Change Orders, with each Application For Payment.

1.3 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT

A. Submit three copies of each application on AIA Form G702-Application and Certificate for Payment. Contractor’s standard form or electronic media printout will be considered.

B. Content and Format: Utilize Schedule of Values for listing items in Application for Payment.

C. Submit updated construction schedule with each Application for Payment.

D. Payment Period: Submit applications for payment to Architect/Engineer for processing no later than 10 days prior to date established for progress payment meeting.

E. Submit with transmittal letter as specified for Submittals in Section 01 33 00.

Page 56: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Price and Payment Procedures 01 20 00 - 2

F. Submit lien waivers.

G. Substantiating Data: When Architect/Engineer requires substantiating information, submit data justifying dollar amounts in question. Include the following with Application for Payment: 1. Partial release of liens from major subcontractors and vendors. 2. Affidavits attesting to off-site stored products. 3. Construction progress schedules, revised and current.

H. Application for Progress Payment No. 1 shall be accompanied by a notarized statement

on Contractor’s letterhead as follows: 1. I certify that the funds requested for the accompanying Pay Request

No. 1 will be used to pay all just and lawful bills against the undersigned and his subcontractors for labor, material and equipment employed in the performance of the work. I further certify that such bills will be paid no later than ten (10) calendar days from date of receipt of the Owner’s disbursement.

2. Execute statement with signature of a responsible officer of contracting firm.

I. Each subsequent application for progress payment shall be accompanied by the following supporting documents: 1. Partial or final waivers of lien in monetary amount from Contractor, each

material supplier and/or subcontractor reflecting amounts incorporated into preceding request for progress payment.

2. A notarized Affidavit of Payment to Material Suppliers and Subcontractors. a. Affidavit shall be submitted in exact text as exhibit furnished by

Architect/Engineers, signed by Contractor or Subcontractor. b. Include unit item, actual amount of contract without overhead or profit,

amount paid to date, and amount to become due (balance of account).

J. Progress payments will be made for materials and equipment not incorporated in the work provided that: 1. Such materials and equipment have been delivered to and suitable stored at site

or some other location approved in writing by Owner and Architect/Engineer. All such materials stored off-site shall be marked or tagged with identification of project to which they are assigned.

2. Contractor submits evidence of title to such materials and equipment. 3. Care and custody of such materials and equipment and all costs incurred for

movement and storage shall be responsibility of Contractor. 4. Such materials and equipment are suitably insured by Contractor. Contractor

shall submit a certificate of insurance showing the Owner as an additional insured and showing amount of insurance overage of suitable proof that material and equipment are stored in a bonded warehouse.

K. Refer to Section 01 70 00 for submittal requirements for application for final payment and related closeout procedures.

Page 57: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Price and Payment Procedures 01 20 00 - 3

1.4 CHANGE PROCEDURES

A. Submittals: Submit name of individual authorized to receive change documents, and be responsible for informing others in Contractor's employ or Subcontractors of changes to the Work.

B. The Architect/Engineer will advise of minor changes in the Work not involving adjustment to Contract Sum/Price or Contract Time by issuing supplemental instructions in writing.

C. The Architect/Engineer may issue a Proposal Request including a detailed description of proposed change with supplementary or revised Drawings and specifications, a change in Contract Time for executing the change with stipulation of overtime work required and the period of time during which the requested price will be considered valid. Contractor will prepare and submit estimate within 10 days.

D. Stipulated Sum/Price Change Order: Based on Proposal Request and Contractor's fixed price quotation.

E. Architect/Engineer may issue directive, on Hurst-Rosche, Inc. Change Order form signed by Owner, instructing Contractor to proceed with change in the Work, for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order. Document will describe changes in the Work, and designate method of determining any change in Contract Sum/Price or Contract Time. Promptly execute change.

F. Time and Material Change Order: Submit itemized account and supporting data after completion of change, within time limits indicated in Conditions of the Contract. Architect/Engineer will determine change allowable in Contract Sum/Price and Contract Time as provided in Contract Documents.

G. Maintain detailed records of work done on Time and Material basis. Provide full information required for evaluation of proposed changes, and to substantiate costs for changes in the Work.

H. Document each quotation for change in cost or time with sufficient data to allow evaluation of quotation.

I. Execution of Change Orders: Architect/Engineer will issue Change Orders for signatures of parties as provided in Conditions of the Contract.

J. Correlation Of Contractor Submittals: 1. Promptly revise Schedule of Values and Application for Payment forms to record

each authorized Change Order as separate line item and adjust Contract Sum/Price.

2. Promptly revise progress schedules to reflect change in Contract Time, revise sub-schedules to adjust times for other items of work affected by the change, and resubmit.

3. Promptly enter changes in Project Record Documents.

Page 58: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Price and Payment Procedures 01 20 00 - 4

1.5 DEFECT ASSESSMENT

A. Replace the Work, or portions of the Work, not conforming to specified requirements.

B. If, in the opinion of the Architect/Engineer, it is not practical to remove and replace the Work, the Architect/Engineer will direct appropriate remedy or adjust payment.

C. The defective Work may remain, but unit sum/price will be adjusted to new sum/price at discretion of Architect/Engineer.

D. Defective Work will be partially repaired to instructions of Architect/Engineer, and unit sum/price will be adjusted to new sum/price at discretion of Architect/Engineer.

E. Individual specification sections may modify these options or may identify specific formula or percentage sum/price reduction.

F. Authority of Architect/Engineer to assess defects and identify payment adjustments, is final.

G. Non-Payment For Rejected Products: Payment will not be made for rejected products for any of the following: 1. Products wasted or disposed of in a manner that is not acceptable. 2. Products determined as unacceptable before or after placement. 3. Products not completely unloaded from transporting vehicle. 4. Products placed beyond lines and levels of required Work. 5. Products remaining on hand after completion of the Work. 6. Loading, hauling, and disposing of rejected products.

1.6 ALTERNATES

A. Alternates quoted on Bid Forms will be reviewed and accepted or rejected at Owner's option. Accepted Alternates will be identified in Owner-Contractor Agreement.

B. Coordinate related work and modify surrounding work.

C. Schedule of Alternates: 1. Alternate No. 1:

a. Scope of work includes the renovation of one single-user toilet room in Morrisonville Elementary School to include removal of plumbing fixtures, toilet accessories and asbestos containing floor tile and mastic. New work includes provision and installation of new plumbing fixtures, stainless steel toilet accessories, porcelain pater tiles on floor and base, painting and plumbing work.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

Not Used.

Page 59: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Price and Payment Procedures 01 20 00 - 5

PART 3 EXECUTION

Not Used.

END OF SECTION

Page 60: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after
Page 61: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Administrative Requirements 01 30 00 - 1

SECTION 01 30 00 - ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 SECTION INCLUDES

A. Coordination and project conditions.

B. Preconstruction meeting.

C. Progress meetings.

D. Cutting and patching.

E. Special procedures.

1.2 COORDINATION AND PROJECT CONDITIONS

A. Coordinate scheduling, submittals, and Work of various sections of Project Manual to ensure efficient and orderly sequence of installation of interdependent construction elements, with provisions for accommodating items installed later.

B. Verify utility requirements and characteristics of operating equipment are compatible with building utilities. Coordinate work of various sections having interdependent responsibilities for installing, connecting to, and placing in service, operating equipment.

C. Coordinate space requirements, supports, and installation of mechanical and electrical Work indicated diagrammatically on Drawings. Follow routing shown for pipes, ducts, and conduit, as closely as practicable; place runs parallel with lines of building. Utilize spaces efficiently to maximize accessibility for other installations, for maintenance, and for repairs.

D. In finished areas except as otherwise indicated, conceal pipes, ducts, and wiring within construction. Coordinate locations of fixtures and outlets with finish elements.

E. Coordinate completion and clean-up of Work of separate sections in preparation for Substantial Completion.

F. After Owner occupancy of premises, coordinate access to site for correction of defective Work and Work not in accordance with Contract Documents, to minimize disruption of Owner's activities.

1.3 PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING

A. Architect/Engineer will schedule meeting after Notice of Award.

B. Attendance Required: Owner, Architect/Engineer, and Contractor.

Page 62: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Administrative Requirements 01 30 00 - 2

C. Agenda: 1. Execution of Owner-Contractor Agreement. 2. Submission of executed bonds and insurance certificates. 3. Distribution of Contract Documents. 4. Submission of list of Subcontractors, list of products, schedule of values, and

progress schedule. 5. Designation of personnel representing parties in Contract and Architect/Engineer. 6. Procedures and processing of field decisions, submittals, substitutions,

applications for payments, proposal request, Change Orders, and Contract closeout procedures.

7. Scheduling.

D. Architect/Engineer will record minutes and distribute copies with reasonable promptness after meeting to participants, with two copies to Owner and those affected by decisions made.

1.4 PROGRESS MEETINGS

A. Schedule and administer meetings throughout progress of the Work at maximum monthly intervals.

B. Architect/Engineer will make arrangements for meetings, prepare agenda with copies for participants, preside at meetings.

C. Attendance Required: Job superintendent, major subcontractors and suppliers, Owner, Architect/Engineer, as appropriate to agenda topics for each meeting.

D. Agenda: 1. Review minutes of previous meetings. 2. Review of Work progress. 3. Field observations, problems, and decisions. 4. Identification of problems impeding planned progress. 5. Review of submittals schedule and status of submittals. 6. Review of off-site fabrication and delivery schedules. 7. Maintenance of progress schedule. 8. Corrective measures to regain projected schedules. 9. Planned progress during succeeding work period. 10. Coordination of projected progress. 11. Maintenance of quality and work standards. 12. Effect of proposed changes on progress schedule and coordination. 13. Other business relating to Work.

E. Architect/Engineer will record minutes and distribute copies with reasonable promptness after meeting to participants, with copies to Owner, and those affected by decisions made.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

Not Used.

Page 63: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Administrative Requirements 01 30 00 - 3

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 CUTTING AND PATCHING

A. Employ skilled and experienced installer to perform cutting and patching.

B. Submit written request in advance of cutting or altering elements affecting: 1. Structural integrity of element. 2. Integrity of weather-exposed or moisture-resistant elements. 3. Efficiency, maintenance, or safety of element. 4. Visual qualities of sight exposed elements. 5. Work of Owner or separate contractor.

C. Execute cutting, fitting, and patching to complete Work, and to: 1. Fit the several parts together, to integrate with other Work. 2. Uncover Work to install or correct ill-timed Work. 3. Remove and replace defective and non-conforming Work. 4. Remove samples of installed Work for testing. 5. Provide openings in elements of Work for penetrations of mechanical and

electrical Work.

D. Execute work by methods to avoid damage to other Work, and to provide proper surfaces to receive patching and finishing.

E. Cut masonry and concrete materials using masonry saw or core drill.

F. Restore Work with new products in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents.

G. Fit Work tight to pipes, sleeves, ducts, conduit, and other penetrations through surfaces.

H. Maintain integrity of wall, ceiling, or floor construction; completely seal voids.

I. At penetrations of fire rated walls, partitions, ceiling, or floor construction, completely seal voids with fire rated material in accordance with Section 07 84 00, to full thickness of penetrated element.

J. Refinish or restore surfaces and finished to match existing finishes. For continuous surfaces, refinish to nearest intersection; for assembly, refinish entire unit.

K. Identify hazardous substances or conditions exposed during the Work to Architect/Engineer for decision or remedy.

3.2 SPECIAL PROCEDURES

A. Materials: As specified in product sections; match existing with new products for patching and extending work.

B. Employ skilled and experienced installer to perform alteration work.

Page 64: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Administrative Requirements 01 30 00 - 4

C. Cut, move, or remove items as necessary for access to alterations and renovation Work. Replace and restore at completion.

D. Remove unsuitable material not marked for salvage, including rotted wood, corroded metals, and deteriorated masonry and concrete. Replace materials as specified for finished Work.

E. Remove debris and abandoned items from area and from concealed spaces.

F. Prepare surface and remove surface finishes to permit installation of new work and finishes.

G. Close openings in exterior surfaces to protect existing work from weather and extremes of temperature and humidity.

H. Remove, cut, and patch Work in manner to minimize damage and to permit restoring products and finishes to original or specified condition.

I. Refinish existing visible surfaces to remain in renovated rooms and spaces, to specified condition for each material, with neat transition to adjacent finishes.

J. Where new Work abuts or aligns with existing, provide smooth and even transition. Patch Work to match existing adjacent Work in texture and appearance.

K. When finished surfaces are cut so that smooth transition with new Work is not possible, terminate existing surface along straight line at natural line of division and submit recommendation to Architect/Engineer for review.

L. Where change of plane of 1/4 inch or more occurs, submit recommendation for providing smooth transition; to Architect/Engineer for review.

M. Trim existing doors to clear new floor finish. Refinish trim to original condition.

N. Patch or replace portions of existing surfaces which are damaged, lifted, discolored, or showing other imperfections.

O. Finish surfaces as specified in individual product sections.

END OF SECTION

Page 65: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Submittal Procedures 01 33 00 - 1

SECTION 01 33 00 - SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 SECTION INCLUDES

A. Submittal procedures.

B. Construction progress schedules.

C. Proposed products list.

D. Product data.

E. Shop drawings.

F. Samples.

G. Design data.

H. Manufacturer's instructions.

1.2 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES

A. Transmit each submittal with shop drawing submittal form found at the end of this section. A copy of the submittal form must be attached to each copy of the submittal; if not, the submittal will be rejected and returned to the Contractor.

B. Sequentially number transmittal forms. Mark revised submittals with original number and sequential alphabetic suffix.

C. Identify Project, Contractor, subcontractor and supplier; pertinent drawing and detail number, and specification section number, appropriate to submittal.

D. Apply Contractor's stamp, signed or initialed certifying that review, approval, verification of products required, field dimensions, adjacent construction Work, and coordination of information is in accordance with requirements of the Work and Contract Documents.

E. Schedule submittals to expedite Project, and deliver to Architect/Engineer at business address. Coordinate submission of related items.

F. For each submittal for review, allow 15 days excluding delivery time to and from Contractor.

G. Identify variations from Contract Documents and product or system limitations which may be detrimental to successful performance of completed Work.

Page 66: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Submittal Procedures 01 33 00 - 2

H. Allow space on submittals for Contractor and Architect/Engineer review stamps.

I. When revised for resubmission, identify changes made since previous submission.

J. Distribute copies of reviewed submittals as appropriate. Instruct parties to promptly report inability to comply with requirements.

K. Submittals not requested will not be recognized or processed.

1.3 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULES

A. Submit initial schedules within 15 days after date of Owner-Contractor Agreement. After review, resubmit required revised data within ten days.

B. Submit revised Progress Schedules with each Application for Payment.

C. Distribute copies of reviewed schedules to Project site file, subcontractors, suppliers, and other concerned parties.

D. Instruct recipients to promptly report, in writing, problems anticipated by projections indicated in schedules.

E. Submit computer generated horizontal bar chart with separate line for each major portion of Work or operation, identifying first work day of each week.

F. Submit separate schedule of submittal dates for shop drawings, product data, and samples, including Owner furnished products and dates reviewed submittals will be required from Architect/Engineer. Indicate decision dates for selection of finishes.

G. Indicate delivery dates for Owner furnished products.

H. Revisions To Schedules: 1. Indicate progress of each activity to date of submittal, and projected completion

date of each activity. 2. Identify activities modified since previous submittal, major changes in scope, and

other identifiable changes. 3. Prepare narrative report to define problem areas, anticipated delays, and impact

on Schedule. Report corrective action taken, or proposed, and its effect.

1.4 PROPOSED PRODUCTS LIST

A. Within 15 days after date of Owner-Contractor Agreement, submit list of major products proposed for use, with name of manufacturer, trade name, and model number of each product.

B. For products specified only by reference standards, give manufacturer, trade name, model or catalog designation, and reference standards.

Page 67: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Submittal Procedures 01 33 00 - 3

1.5 PRODUCT DATA

A. Product Data: Submit to Architect/Engineer for review for limited purpose of checking for conformance with information given and design concept expressed in Contract Documents.

B. Submit number of copies Contractor requires, plus 3 copies Architect/Engineer will retain.

C. Mark each copy to identify applicable products, models, options, and other data. Supplement manufacturers' standard data to provide information specific to this Project.

D. Indicate product utility and electrical characteristics, utility connection requirements, and location of utility outlets for service for functional equipment and appliances.

E. After review, produce copies and distribute in accordance with SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES article and for record documents described in Section 01 70 00.

1.6 SHOP DRAWINGS

A. Shop Drawings: Submit to Architect/Engineer for review for limited purpose of checking for conformance with information given and design concept expressed in Contract Documents.

B. Indicate special utility and electrical characteristics, utility connection requirements, and location of utility outlets for service for functional equipment and appliances.

C. When required by individual specification sections, provide shop drawings signed and sealed by professional engineer responsible for designing components shown on shop drawings. 1. Include signed and sealed calculations to support design. 2. Submit drawings and calculations in form suitable for submission to and

approval by authorities having jurisdiction. 3. Make revisions and provide additional information when required by authorities

having jurisdiction.

D. Submit number of opaque reproductions Contractor requires, plus 3 copies Architect/Engineer will retain.

E. After review, produce copies and distribute in accordance with SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES article and for record documents described in Section 01 70 00.

1.7 SAMPLES

A. Samples: Submit to Architect/Engineer for review for limited purpose of checking for conformance with information given and design concept expressed in Contract Documents.

B. Samples For Selection as Specified in Product Sections:

Page 68: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Submittal Procedures 01 33 00 - 4

1. Submit to Architect/Engineer for aesthetic, color, or finish selection. 2. Submit samples of finishes from full range of manufacturers' available colors,

textures, and patterns for Architect/Engineer selection.

C. Submit samples to illustrate functional and aesthetic characteristics of Products, with integral parts and attachment devices. Coordinate sample submittals for interfacing work.

D. Include identification on each sample, with full Project information.

E. Submit number of samples specified in individual specification sections; Architect/Engineer will retain one sample.

F. Reviewed samples which may be used in the Work are indicated in individual specification sections.

G. Samples will not be used for testing purposes unless specifically stated in specification section.

H. After review, produce duplicates and distribute in accordance with SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES article and for record documents purposes described in Section 01 70 00.

1.8 DESIGN DATA

A. Submit for Architect/Engineer's knowledge as contract administrator or for Owner.

B. Submit for information for limited purpose of assessing conformance with information given and design concept expressed in Contract Documents.

1.9 MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS

A. When specified in individual specification sections, submit printed instructions for delivery, storage, assembly, installation, start-up, adjusting, and finishing, to Architect/Engineer for delivery to Owner in quantities specified for Product Data.

B. Indicate special procedures, perimeter conditions requiring special attention, and special environmental criteria required for application or installation.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

Not Used.

PART 3 EXECUTION

Not Used.

END OF SECTION

Page 69: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Submittal Procedures 01 33 00 - 5

HURST-ROSCHE, INC.

SHOP DRAWING SUBMITTAL

PROJECT: Toilet Renovations DATE: Morrisonville Elementary School Morrisonville CUSD #1 Morrisonville, Christian County, Illinois A/E PROJECT NO: 150-3040 CONTRACTOR: PRESENTED BY: (Subcontractor/Supplier) Company Name Address Phone/Fax Contact Person ITEM: SPEC SECTION: By approving and submitting these shop drawings, product data and samples, we represent that we have determined and verified all materials, field measure- ments and field construction criteria related thereto, or will do so, and that we have checked and coordi- nated information contained within submittal with requirements of the work and contract documents.

Contractor’s Signature Date

Page 70: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after
Page 71: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Quality Requirements 01 40 00 - 1

SECTION 01 40 00 - QUALITY REQUIREMENTS

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 SECTION INCLUDES

A. Quality control and control of installation.

B. Tolerances

C. References.

D. Examination.

E. Preparation.

1.2 QUALITY CONTROL AND CONTROL OF INSTALLATION

A. Monitor quality control over suppliers, manufacturers, products, services, site conditions, and workmanship, to produce Work of specified quality.

B. Comply with manufacturers' instructions, including each step in sequence.

C. When manufacturers' instructions conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from Architect/Engineer before proceeding.

D. Comply with specified standards as minimum quality for the Work except where more stringent tolerances, codes, or specified requirements indicate higher standards or more precise workmanship.

E. Perform Work by persons qualified to produce required and specified quality.

F. Verify field measurements are as indicated on Shop Drawings or as instructed by manufacturer.

G. Secure products in place with positive anchorage devices designed and sized to withstand stresses, vibration, physical distortion, or disfigurement.

1.3 TOLERANCES

A. Monitor fabrication and installation tolerance control of products to produce acceptable Work. Do not permit tolerances to accumulate.

B. Comply with manufacturers' tolerances. When manufacturers' tolerances conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from Architect/Engineer before proceeding.

C. Adjust products to appropriate dimensions; position before securing products in place.

Page 72: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Quality Requirements 01 40 00 - 2

1.4 REFERENCES

A. For products or workmanship specified by association, trade, or other consensus standards, comply with requirements of standard, except when more rigid requirements are specified or are required by applicable codes.

B. Conform to reference standard by date of issue current on date of Contract Documents, except where specific date is established by code.

C. Obtain copies of standards where required by product specification sections.

D. When specified reference standards conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from Architect/Engineer before proceeding.

E. Neither contractual relationships, duties, nor responsibilities of parties in Contract nor those of Architect/Engineer shall be altered from Contract Documents by mention or inference otherwise in reference documents.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

Not Used.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Verify existing site conditions and substrate surfaces are acceptable for subsequent Work. Beginning new Work means acceptance of existing conditions.

B. Verify existing substrate is capable of structural support or attachment of new Work being applied or attached.

C. Examine and verify specific conditions described in individual specification sections.

D. Verify utility services are available, of correct characteristics, and in correct locations.

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Clean substrate surfaces prior to applying next material or substance.

B. Seal cracks or openings of substrate prior to applying next material or substance.

C. Apply manufacturer required or recommended substrate primer, sealer, or conditioner prior to applying new material or substance in contact or bond.

END OF SECTION

Page 73: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Temporary Facilities and Controls 01 50 00- 1

SECTION 01 50 00 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 SECTION INCLUDES

A. Temporary Utilities: 1. Temporary electricity. 2. Temporary lighting for construction purposes. 3. Temporary heating. 4. Temporary cooling. 5. Temporary ventilation. 6. Temporary water service. 7. Temporary sanitary facilities.

B. Construction Facilities: 1. Parking. 2. Progress cleaning and waste removal.

C. Temporary Controls: 1. Barriers. 2. Dust control. 3. Noise control.

1.2 TEMPORARY ELECTRICITY

A. Owner will pay cost of energy used. Exercise measures to conserve energy. Utilize Owner’s existing power service.

B. Complement existing power service capacity and characteristics as required for construction operations.

C. Provide power outlets, with branch wiring and distribution boxes located as required for construction operations. Provide flexible power cords as required for portable construction tools and equipment.

D. Permanent convenience receptacles may be utilized during construction.

1.3 TEMPORARY LIGHTING FOR CONSTRUCTION PURPOSES

A. Provide and maintain lighting for construction operations to achieve minimum lighting level of 2 watt/sq ft.

B. Provide branch wiring from power source to distribution boxes with lighting conductors, pigtails, and lamps for specified lighting levels.

C. Maintain lighting and provide routine repairs.

Page 74: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Temporary Facilities and Controls 01 50 00- 2

D. Permanent building lighting may be utilized during construction.

1.4 TEMPORARY HEATING

A. Existing facilities may be used.

B. Maintain minimum ambient temperature of 50 degrees F in areas where construction is in progress, unless indicated otherwise in product sections.

1.5 TEMPORARY COOLING

A. Existing facilities may be used.

B. Maintain maximum ambient temperature of 80 degrees F in areas where construction is in progress, unless indicated otherwise in specifications.

1.6 TEMPORARY VENTILATION

A. Ventilate enclosed areas to achieve curing of materials, to dissipate humidity, and to prevent accumulation of dust, fumes, vapors, or gases.

B. Utilize existing ventilation equipment. Extend and supplement equipment with temporary fan units as required to maintain clean air for construction operations.

1.7 TEMPORARY WATER SERVICE

A. Owner will pay cost of temporary water. Exercise measures to conserve energy. Utilize Owner's existing water system, extend and supplement with temporary devices as needed to maintain specified conditions for construction operations.

1.8 TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES

A. Provide and maintain required facilities and enclosures. Existing facility use is not permitted. Provide facilities at time of project mobilization.

1.9 PARKING

A. Use of existing on-site streets and driveways used for construction traffic is permitted. Tracked vehicles not allowed on paved areas.

B. Use of existing parking facilities used by construction personnel is permitted.

C. Do not allow heavy vehicles or construction equipment in parking areas.

D. Maintenance: 1. Maintain traffic and parking areas in sound condition free of excavated material,

construction equipment, products, mud, snow, and ice.

Page 75: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Temporary Facilities and Controls 01 50 00- 3

2. Maintain existing paved areas used for construction; promptly repair breaks, potholes, low areas, standing water, and other deficiencies, to maintain paving and drainage in original, or specified, condition.

E. Repair: 1. Repair existing facilities damaged by use, to original condition.

F. Mud From Site Vehicles: Provide means of removing mud from vehicle wheels before entering streets.

1.10 PROGRESS CLEANING AND WASTE REMOVAL

A. Maintain areas free of waste materials, debris, and rubbish. Maintain site in clean and orderly condition.

B. Remove debris and rubbish from pipe chases, plenums, attics, crawl spaces, and other closed or remote spaces, prior to enclosing spaces.

C. Broom and vacuum clean interior areas prior to start of surface finishing, and continue cleaning to eliminate dust.

D. Collect and remove waste materials, debris, and rubbish from site periodically and dispose off-site.

1.11 BARRIERS

A. Provide barriers to prevent unauthorized entry to construction areas to allow for Owner's use of site, and to protect existing facilities and adjacent properties from damage from construction operations and demolition.

B. Protect non-owned vehicular traffic, stored materials, site, and structures from damage.

1.12 DUST CONTROL

A. Execute Work by methods to minimize raising dust from construction operations.

B. Provide positive means to prevent air-borne dust from dispersing into atmosphere.

1.13 NOISE CONTROL

A. Provide methods, means, and facilities to minimize noise from and noise produced by construction operations.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

Not Used.

Page 76: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Temporary Facilities and Controls 01 50 00- 4

PART 3 EXECUTION

Not Used.

END OF SECTION

Page 77: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Product Requirements 01 60 00 - 1

SECTION 01 60 00 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 SECTION INCLUDES

A. Products.

B. Product delivery requirements.

C. Product storage and handling requirements.

D. Product options.

E. Product substitution procedures.

F. Equipment electrical characteristics and components.

1.2 PRODUCTS

A. Furnish products of qualified manufacturers suitable for intended use. Furnish products of each type by single manufacturer unless specified otherwise.

B. Do not use materials and equipment removed from existing premises, except as specifically permitted by Contract Documents.

C. Furnish interchangeable components from same manufacturer for components being replaced.

1.3 PRODUCT DELIVERY REQUIREMENTS

A. Transport and handle products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.

B. Promptly inspect shipments to ensure products comply with requirements, quantities are correct, and products are undamaged.

C. Provide equipment and personnel to handle products by methods to prevent soiling, disfigurement, or damage.

1.4 PRODUCT STORAGE AND HANDLING REQUIREMENTS

A. Store and protect products in accordance with manufacturers' instructions.

B. Store with seals and labels intact and legible.

C. Store sensitive products in weather tight, climate controlled, enclosures in an environment favorable to product.

D. For exterior storage of fabricated products, place on sloped supports above ground.

Page 78: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Product Requirements 01 60 00 - 2

E. Provide bonded off-site storage and protection when site does not permit on-site storage or protection.

F. Cover products subject to deterioration with impervious sheet covering. Provide ventilation to prevent condensation and degradation of products.

G. Store loose granular materials on solid flat surfaces in well-drained area. Prevent mixing with foreign matter.

H. Provide equipment and personnel to store products by methods to prevent soiling, disfigurement, or damage.

I. Arrange storage of products to permit access for inspection. Periodically inspect to verify products are undamaged and are maintained in acceptable condition.

1.5 PRODUCT OPTIONS

A. Products Specified by Reference Standards or by Description Only: Any product meeting those standards or description.

B. Products Specified by Naming One or More Manufacturers: Products of one of manufacturers named and meeting specifications, no options or substitutions allowed.

C. Products Specified by Naming One or More Manufacturers with Provision for Substitutions: Submit request for substitution for any manufacturer not named in accordance with the following article.

1.6 PRODUCT SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES

A. Instructions to Bidders specify time restrictions for submitting requests for Substitutions during bidding period to requirements specified in this section.

B. Substitutions may be considered when a product becomes unavailable through no fault of Contractor.

C. Document each request with complete data substantiating compliance of proposed Substitution with Contract Documents.

D. A request constitutes a representation that Bidder: 1. Has investigated proposed product and determined that it meets or exceeds

quality level of specified product. 2. Will provide same warranty for Substitution as for specified product. 3. Will coordinate installation and make changes to other Work which may be

required for the Work to be complete with no additional cost to Owner. 4. Waives claims for additional costs or time extension which may subsequently

become apparent. 5. Will reimburse Owner and Architect/Engineer for review or redesign services

associated with re-approval by authorities having jurisdiction.

Page 79: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Product Requirements 01 60 00 - 3

E. Substitutions will not be considered when they are indicated or implied on Shop Drawing or Product Data submittals, without separate written request, or when acceptance will require revision to Contract Documents.

F. Substitution Submittal Procedure: 1. Submit three copies of request for Substitution for consideration. Limit each

request to one proposed Substitution. 2. Submit Shop Drawings, Product Data, and certified test results attesting to

proposed product equivalence. Burden of proof is on proposer. 3. Architect/Engineer will notify Contractor in writing of decision to accept or

reject request.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 EQUIPMENT ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS AND COMPONENTS

A. Wiring Terminations: Furnish terminal lugs to match branch circuit conductor quantities, sizes, and materials indicated. Include lugs for terminal box.

B. Cord and Plug: Furnish minimum 6 foot cord and plug including grounding connector for connection to electric wiring system. Cord of longer length is specified in individual specification sections.

PART 3 EXECUTION

Not Used.

END OF SECTION

Page 80: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after
Page 81: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Execution and Closeout Requirements 01 70 00 - 1

SECTION 01 70 00 - EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 SECTION INCLUDES

A. Closeout procedures.

B. Final cleaning.

C. Starting of systems.

D. Demonstration and instructions.

E. Protecting installed construction.

F. Project record documents.

G. Operation and maintenance data.

H. Manual for materials and finishes.

I. Manual for equipment and systems.

J. Spare parts and maintenance products.

K. Product warranties and product bonds.

1.2 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES

A. Submit written certification that Contract Documents have been reviewed, Work has been inspected, and that Work is complete in accordance with Contract Documents and ready for Architect/Engineer's review.

B. Provide submittals to Architect/Engineer required by authorities having jurisdiction.

C. Submit final Application for Payment identifying total adjusted Contract Sum, previous payments, and sum remaining due.

D. Provide a notarized Affidavit for Final Completion in exact text as exhibit furnished by Architect/Engineer, signed by Contractor.

E. Owner will occupy all of building as specified in Section 01 10 00.

1.3 FINAL CLEANING

A. Execute final cleaning prior to final project assessment.

Page 82: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Execution and Closeout Requirements 01 70 00 - 2

B. Clean interior and exterior glass, surfaces exposed to view; remove temporary labels, stains and foreign substances, polish transparent and glossy surfaces.

C. Clean equipment and fixtures to sanitary condition with cleaning materials appropriate to surface and material being cleaned.

D. Replace filters of operating equipment.

E. Remove waste and surplus materials, rubbish, and construction facilities from site.

1.4 STARTING OF SYSTEMS

A. Coordinate schedule for start-up of various equipment and systems.

B. Notify Architect/Engineer seven days prior to start-up of each item.

C. Verify each piece of equipment or system has been checked for proper lubrication, drive rotation, belt tension, control sequence, and for conditions which may cause damage.

D. Verify tests, meter readings, and specified electrical characteristics agree with those required by equipment or system manufacturer.

E. Verify wiring and support components for equipment are complete and tested.

F. Execute start-up under supervision of applicable Contractors' personnel in accordance with manufacturers' instructions.

G. When specified in individual specification Sections, require manufacturer to provide authorized representative to be present at site to inspect, check, and approve equipment or system installation prior to start-up, and to supervise placing equipment or system in operation.

H. Submit a written report in accordance with Section 01 33 00 that equipment or system has been properly installed and is functioning correctly.

1.5 DEMONSTRATION AND INSTRUCTIONS

A. Demonstrate operation and maintenance of products to Owner's personnel two weeks prior to date of final inspection.

B. Demonstrate Project equipment and instruct in classroom environment located at site and instructed by qualified manufacturer's representative who is knowledgeable about the Project.

C. For equipment or systems requiring seasonal operation, perform demonstration for other season within six months.

Page 83: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Execution and Closeout Requirements 01 70 00 - 3

D. Utilize operation and maintenance manuals as basis for instruction. Review contents of manual with Owner's personnel in detail to explain all aspects of operation and maintenance.

E. Demonstrate start-up, operation, control, adjustment, trouble-shooting, servicing, maintenance, and shutdown of each item of equipment at agreed time at equipment location.

F. Prepare and insert additional data in operations and maintenance manuals when need for additional data becomes apparent during instruction.

G. Required instruction time for each item of equipment and system is specified in individual sections.

1.6 PROTECTING INSTALLED CONSTRUCTION

A. Protect installed Work and provide special protection where specified in individual specification sections.

B. Provide temporary and removable protection for installed products. Control activity in immediate work area to prevent damage.

C. Provide protective coverings at walls, projections, jambs, sills, and soffits of openings.

D. Protect finished floors, stairs, and other surfaces from traffic, dirt, wear, damage, or movement of heavy objects, by protecting with durable sheet materials.

E. Prohibit traffic or storage upon waterproofed or roofed surfaces. When traffic or activity is necessary, obtain recommendations for protection from waterproofing or roofing material manufacturer.

F. Prohibit traffic from landscaped areas.

1.7 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS

A. Maintain on site one set of the following record documents; record actual revisions to the Work: 1. Drawings. 2. Specifications. 3. Addenda. 4. Change Orders and other modifications to the Contract. 5. Reviewed Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples. 6. Manufacturer's instruction for assembly, installation, and adjusting.

B. Ensure entries are complete and accurate, enabling future reference by Owner.

C. Store record documents separate from documents used for construction.

D. Record information concurrent with construction progress, not less than weekly.

Page 84: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Execution and Closeout Requirements 01 70 00 - 4

E. Specifications: Legibly mark and record at each product section description of actual products installed, including the following: 1. Manufacturer's name and product model and number. 2. Product substitutions or alternates utilized. 3. Changes made by Addenda and modifications.

F. Record Drawings and Shop Drawings: Legibly mark each item to record actual construction including: 1. Measured horizontal and vertical locations of underground utilities and

appurtenances, referenced to permanent surface improvements. 2. Measured locations of internal utilities and appurtenances concealed in

construction, referenced to visible and accessible features of the Work. 3. Field changes of dimension and detail. 4. Details not on original Contract drawings.

G. Submit documents to Architect/Engineer with claim for final Application for Payment.

1.8 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA

A. Submit data bound in 8-1/2 x 11 inch text pages, three D side ring binders with durable plastic covers.

B. Prepare binder cover with printed title "OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS", title of project , and subject matter of binder when multiple binders are required.

C. Internally subdivide binder contents with permanent page dividers, logically organized as described below; with tab titling clearly printed under reinforced laminated plastic tabs.

D. Drawings: Provide with reinforced punched binder tab. Bind in with text; fold larger drawings to size of text pages.

E. Contents: Prepare Table of Contents for each volume, with each product or system description identified, typed on white paper, in three parts as follows: 1. Part 1: Directory, listing names, addresses, and telephone numbers of

Architect/Engineer, Contractor, Subcontractors, and major equipment suppliers. 2. Part 2: Operation and maintenance instructions, arranged by system and

subdivided by specification section. For each category, identify names, addresses, and telephone numbers of Subcontractors and suppliers. Identify the following: a. Significant design criteria. b. List of equipment. c. Parts list for each component. d. Operating instructions. e. Maintenance instructions for equipment and systems. f. Maintenance instructions for finishes, including recommended cleaning

methods and materials, and special precautions identifying detrimental agents.

Page 85: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Execution and Closeout Requirements 01 70 00 - 5

3. Part 3: Project documents and certificates, including the following: a. Shop drawings and product data. b. Air and water balance reports. c. Certificates. d. Originals of warranties and bonds.

1.9 MANUAL FOR MATERIALS AND FINISHES

A. Submit two copies of preliminary draft or proposed formats and outlines of contents before start of Work. Architect/Engineer will review draft and return one copy with comments.

B. For equipment, or component parts of equipment put into service during construction and operated by Owner, submit documents within ten days after acceptance.

C. Submit one copy of completed volumes 15 days prior to final inspection. Draft copy be reviewed and returned, with Architect/Engineer comments. Revise content of document sets as required prior to final submission.

D. Submit two sets of revised final volumes in final form within 10 days after final inspection.

E. Building Products, Applied Materials, and Finishes: Include product data, with catalog number, size, composition, and color and texture designations.

F. Instructions for Care and Maintenance: Include manufacturer's recommendations for cleaning agents and methods, precautions against detrimental agents and methods, and recommended schedule for cleaning and maintenance.

G. Moisture Protection and Weather Exposed Products: Include product data listing applicable reference standards, chemical composition, and details of installation. Include recommendations for inspections, maintenance, and repair.

H. Additional Requirements: As specified in individual product specification sections.

I. Include listing in Table of Contents for design data, with tabbed fly sheet and space for insertion of data.

1.10 MANUAL FOR EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS

A. Submit two copies of preliminary draft or proposed formats and outlines of contents before start of Work. Architect/Engineer will review draft and return one copy with comments.

B. For equipment, or component parts of equipment put into service during construction and operated by Owner, submit documents within ten days after acceptance.

Page 86: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Execution and Closeout Requirements 01 70 00 - 6

C. Submit one copy of completed volumes 15 days prior to final inspection. Draft copy will be reviewed and returned, with Architect/Engineer comments. Revise content of document sets as required prior to final submission.

D. Submit two sets of revised final volumes in final form within 10 days after final inspection.

E. Each Item of Equipment and Each System: Include description of unit or system, and component parts. Identify function, normal operating characteristics, and limiting conditions. Include performance curves, with engineering data and tests, and complete nomenclature and model number of replaceable parts.

F. Panelboard Circuit Directories: Provide electrical service characteristics, controls, and communications; typed.

G. Include color coded wiring diagrams as installed.

H. Operating Procedures: Include start-up, break-in, and routine normal operating instructions and sequences. Include regulation, control, stopping, shut-down, and emergency instructions. Include summer, winter, and special operating instructions.

I. Maintenance Requirements: Include routine procedures and guide for preventative maintenance and trouble shooting; disassembly, repair, and reassembly instructions; and alignment, adjusting, balancing, and checking instructions.

J. Include servicing and lubrication schedule, and list of lubricants required.

K. Include manufacturer's printed operation and maintenance instructions.

L. Include sequence of operation by controls manufacturer.

M. Include original manufacturer's parts list, illustrations, assembly drawings, and diagrams required for maintenance.

N. Include control diagrams by controls manufacturer as installed.

O. Include Contractor's coordination drawings, with color coded piping diagrams as installed.

P. Include charts of valve tag numbers, with location and function of each valve, keyed to flow and control diagrams.

Q. Include list of original manufacturer's spare parts, current prices, and recommended quantities to be maintained in storage.

R. Additional Requirements: As specified in individual product specification sections.

S. Include listing in Table of Contents for design data, with tabbed dividers and space for insertion of data.

Page 87: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Execution and Closeout Requirements 01 70 00 - 7

1.11 SPARE PARTS AND MAINTENANCE PRODUCTS

A. Furnish spare parts, maintenance, and extra products in quantities specified in individual specification sections.

B. Deliver to Project site and place in location as directed by Owner; obtain receipt prior to final payment.

1.12 PRODUCT WARRANTIES AND PRODUCT BONDS

A. Obtain warranties and bonds executed in duplicate by responsible subcontractors, suppliers, and manufacturers, within ten days after completion of applicable item of work.

B. Execute and assemble transferable warranty documents and bonds from subcontractors, suppliers, and manufacturers.

C. Verify documents are in proper form, contain full information, and are notarized.

D. Co-execute submittals when required.

E. Include Table of Contents and assemble in three D side ring binder with durable plastic cover.

F. Submit prior to final Application for Payment.

G. Time Of Submittals: 1. For equipment or component parts of equipment put into service during

construction with Owner's permission, submit documents within ten days after acceptance.

2. Make other submittals within ten days after Date of Substantial Completion, prior to final Application for Payment.

3. For items of Work for which acceptance is delayed beyond Date of Substantial Completion, submit within ten days after acceptance, listing date of acceptance as beginning of warranty or bond period.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

Not Used.

PART 3 EXECUTION

Not Used.

END OF SECTION

Page 88: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after
Page 89: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Selective Structure Demolition 02 41 19 - 1

SECTION 02 41 19 - SELECTIVE STRUCTURE DEMOLITION

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes: 1. Demolishing designated building equipment and fixtures. 2. Demolishing designated construction. 3. Cutting and alterations for completion of the Work. 4. Removing designated items for reuse. 5. Protecting items designated to remain. 6. Removing demolished materials.

1.2 SUBMITTALS

A. Section 01 33 00 - Submittal Procedures: Requirements for submittals.

B. Demolition Schedule: Indicate overall schedule and interruptions required for utility and building services.

C. Shop Drawings: 1. Indicate demolition and removal sequence. 2. Indicate location of items designated for reuse. 3. Indicate location and construction of temporary work.

1.3 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for submittals.

B. Project Record Documents: Accurately record actual locations of capped utilities, concealed utilities discovered during demolition and subsurface obstructions.

C. Operation and Maintenance Data: Submit description of system, inspection data, and parts lists.

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Conform to applicable code for demolition work, dust control, products requiring electrical disconnection and re-connection.

B. Conform to applicable code for procedures when hazardous or contaminated materials are discovered.

C. Obtain required permits from authorities having jurisdiction.

D. Perform Work in accordance with State of Illinois Public Work's standard.

Page 90: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Selective Structure Demolition 02 41 19 - 2

1.5 PRE-INSTALLATION MEETINGS

A. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements: Pre-installation meeting.

B. Convene minimum one week prior to commencing work of this section.

1.6 SCHEDULING

A. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements: Requirements for scheduling.

B. Cooperate with Owner in scheduling noisy operations and waste removal that may impact Owners operation in adjoining spaces.

C. Coordinate utility and building service interruptions with Owner. 1. Do not disable or disrupt building fire or life safety systems without three days prior written

notice to Owner. 2. Schedule tie-ins to existing systems to minimize disruption. 3. Coordinate Work to ensure fire sprinklers, fire alarms, smoke detectors, emergency lighting,

exit signs and other life safety systems remain in full operation in occupied areas.

1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS

A. Conduct demolition to minimize interference with adjacent and occupied building areas.

B. Cease operations immediately if structure appears to be in danger and notify Architect/Engineer. Do not resume operations until directed.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

Not Used.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 PREPARATION

A. Notify affected utility companies before starting work and comply with their requirements.

B. Mark location and termination of utilities.

C. Erect, and maintain temporary barriers and security devices, including warning signs and lights, and similar measures, for protection of the public and existing improvements indicated to remain.

D. Erect and maintain weatherproof closures for exterior openings.

E. Erect and maintain temporary partitions to prevent spread of dust, odors, and noise to permit continued Owner occupancy.

Page 91: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Selective Structure Demolition 02 41 19 - 3

F. Prevent movement of structure; provide temporary bracing and shoring required to ensure safety of existing structure.

G. Provide appropriate temporary signage including signage for exit or building egress.

H. Do not close or obstruct building egress path.

I. Do not disable or disrupt building fire or life safety systems without 3 days prior written notice to Owner.

3.2 SALVAGE REQUIREMENTS

A. Coordinate with Owner to identify building components and equipment required to be removed and delivered to Owner.

B. Tag components and equipment Owner designates for salvage.

C. Protect designated salvage items from demolition operations until items can be removed.

D. Carefully remove building components and equipment indicated to be salvaged.

E. Disassemble as required to permit removal from building.

F. Package small and loose parts to avoid loss.

G. Mark equipment and packaged parts to permit identification and consolidation of components of each salvaged item.

H. Prepare assembly instructions consistent with disassembled parts. Package assembly instructions in protective envelope and securely attach to each disassembled salvaged item.

I. Deliver salvaged items to Owner. Obtain signed receipt from Owner.

3.3 DEMOLITION

A. Conduct demolition to minimize interference with adjacent and occupied building areas.

B. Maintain protected egress from and access to adjacent existing buildings at all times.

C. Do not close or obstruct roadways and sidewalks without permits.

D. Cease operations immediately when structure appears to be in danger and notify Architect/Engineer.

E. Disconnect and remove designated utilities within demolition areas.

F. Cap and identify abandoned utilities at termination points when utility is not completely removed. Annotate Record Drawings indicating location and type of service for capped utilities remaining after demolition.

Page 92: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Selective Structure Demolition 02 41 19 - 4

G. Demolish in orderly and careful manner. Protect existing improvements, supporting structural members.

H. Carefully remove building components indicated to be reused. 1. Disassemble components as required to permit removal. 2. Package small and loose parts to avoid loss. 3. Mark components and packaged parts to permit reinstallation. 4. Store components, protected from construction operations, until reinstalled.

I. Remove demolished materials from site except where specifically noted otherwise. Do not burn or bury materials on site.

J. Remove materials as Work progresses. Upon completion of Work, leave areas in clean condition.

K. Remove temporary Work.

L. Repair and existing finishes damaged during the demolition by returning them to a condition equal to or better than when the work began.

END OF SECTION

Page 93: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040

Cast-In-Place Concrete03 30 00 - 1

SECTION 03 30 00 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section includes cast-in-place concrete, including reinforcement, concrete materials, mixture design, placement procedures, and finishes.

1.2 DEFINITIONS

A. Cementitious Materials: Portland cement alone or in combination with one or more of the following: blended hydraulic cement, fly ash, slag cement, other pozzolans, and silica fume; materials subject to compliance with requirements.

B. W/C Ratio: The ratio by weight of water to cementitious materials.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Section 01 33 00 – Submittal procedures.

B. Product Data: For cementitious materials, admixtures, steel reinforcement and accessories, vapor retarders and joint filler strips.

C. Design Mixtures: For each concrete mixture. Submit alternate design mixtures when characteristics of materials, Project conditions, weather, test results, or other circumstances warrant adjustments.

1. Indicate amounts of mixing water to be withheld for later addition at Project site.

1.4 PRECONSTRUCTION TESTING

A. Preconstruction Testing Service: Engage a qualified testing agency to perform preconstruction testing on concrete mixtures.

1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Section 01 60 00 – Product Requirements: Requirements for transporting, handling, storing and protecting products.

B. Steel Reinforcement: Deliver, store, and handle steel reinforcement to prevent bending and damage.

Page 94: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040

Cast-In-Place Concrete03 30 00 - 2

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 CONCRETE, GENERAL

A. ACI Publications: Comply with the following unless modified by requirements in the Contract Documents:

1. ACI 301 2. ACI 117 3. ACI 318 4. ACI 305.1 5. ACI 306.1 6. ACI 308.1

2.2 STEEL REINFORCEMENT

A. Plain-Steel Welded-Wire Reinforcement: ASTM A 1064, plain, fabricated from as-drawn steel wire into flat sheets.

2.3 REINFORCEMENT ACCESSORIES

A. Joint Dowel Bars: ASTM A 615, Grade 60 (Grade 420), plain-steel bars, cut true to length with ends square and free of burrs.

B. Bar Supports: Bolsters, chairs, spacers, and other devices for spacing, supporting, and fastening reinforcing bars and welded-wire reinforcement in place. Manufacture bar supports from steel wire, plastic, or precast concrete according to CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice," of greater compressive strength than concrete and as follows:

1. For concrete surfaces exposed to view, where legs of wire bar supports contact forms, use CRSI Class 1 plastic-protected steel wire or CRSI Class 2 stainless-steel bar supports.

2.4 CONCRETE MATERIALS

A. Source Limitations: Obtain each type or class of cementitious material of the same brand from the same manufacturer's plant, obtain aggregate from single source, and obtain admixtures from single source from single manufacturer.

B. Cementitious Materials:

1. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I. 2. Fly Ash: ASTM C 618, Class F or C. 3. Slag Cement: ASTM C 989, Grade 100 or 120. 4. Blended Hydraulic Cement: ASTM C 595, Type IS, Portland blast-furnace slag cement. 5. Silica Fume: ASTM C 1240, amorphous silica.

Page 95: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040

Cast-In-Place Concrete03 30 00 - 3

C. Normal-Weight Aggregates: ASTM C 33, Class 3S coarse aggregate or better, graded. Provide aggregates from a single source.

1. Maximum Coarse-Aggregate Size: In accordance with ACI 318. 2. Fine Aggregate: Free of materials with deleterious reactivity to alkali in cement.

D. Lightweight Aggregate: ASTM C330. Provide aggregates from a single source.

1. Maximum Coarse-Aggregate Size: In accordance with ACI 318. 2. Fine Aggregate: Free of materials with deleterious reactivity to alkali in cement.

E. Air-Entraining Admixture: ASTM C 260.

F. Chemical Admixtures: Certified by manufacturer to be compatible with other admixtures and that do not contribute water-soluble chloride ions exceeding those permitted in hardened concrete. Do not use calcium chloride or admixtures containing calcium chloride.

1. Water-Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type A. 2. Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type B. 3. Water-Reducing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type D.

G. Water: ASTM C 94 and potable.

2.5 VAPOR RETARDERS

A. Sheet Vapor Retarder: ASTM E 1745, Class A, minimum thickness of 10 mil. Include manufacturer's recommended adhesive or pressure-sensitive tape.

2.6 CURING MATERIALS

A. Evaporation Retarder: Waterborne, monomolecular film forming, manufactured for application to fresh concrete.

B. Absorptive Cover: AASHTO M 182, Class 2, burlap cloth made from jute or kenaf, weighing approximately 9 oz./sq. yd. when dry.

C. Moisture-Retaining Cover: ASTM C 171, polyethylene film or white burlap-polyethylene sheet.

D. Water: Potable.

2.7 RELATED MATERIALS

A. Expansion- and Isolation-Joint-Filler Strips: ASTM D 1751, asphalt-saturated cellulosic fiber.

Page 96: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040

Cast-In-Place Concrete03 30 00 - 4

2.8 REPAIR MATERIALS

A. Repair Underlayment: Cement-based, polymer-modified, self-leveling product that can be applied in thicknesses from 1/8 inch and that can be feathered at edges to match adjacent floor elevations.

1. Cement Binder: ASTM C 150, portland cement or hydraulic or blended hydraulic cement as defined in ASTM C 219.

2. Primer: Product of underlayment manufacturer recommended for substrate, conditions, and application.

3. Aggregate: Well-graded, washed gravel, 1/8 to 1/4 inch or coarse sand as recommended by underlayment manufacturer.

4. Compressive Strength: Not less than 4000 psi at 28 days when tested according to ASTM C 109.

2.9 CONCRETE MIXTURES, GENERAL

A. Prepare design mixtures for each type and strength of concrete, proportioned on the basis of laboratory trial mixture or field test data, or both, according to ACI 301.

B. Admixtures: Use admixtures according to manufacturer's written instructions.

1. Use water-reducing admixture in concrete, as required, for placement and workability. 2. Use water-reducing and -retarding admixture when required by high temperatures, low

humidity, or other adverse placement conditions. 3. Use water-reducing admixture in pumped concrete, concrete for heavy-use industrial

slabs and parking structure slabs, concrete required to be watertight, and concrete with a w/c ratio below 0.50.

2.10 CONCRETE MIXTURES FOR BUILDING ELEMENTS

A. Slabs-on-Grade: Normal-weight concrete.

1. Minimum Compressive Strength: 4000 psi at 28 days. 2. Slump Limit: 4 inches, plus or minus 1 inch. 3. Air Content: 5.5 percent, plus or minus 1.5 percent at point of delivery for 1-1/2-inch

nominal maximum aggregate size. 4. Air Content: 6 percent, plus or minus 1.5 percent at point of delivery for 3/4-inch

nominal maximum aggregate size. 5. Air Content: Do not allow air content of trowel-finished floors to exceed 3 percent.

Page 97: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040

Cast-In-Place Concrete03 30 00 - 5

2.11 CONCRETE MIXING

A. Ready-Mixed Concrete: Measure, batch, mix, and deliver concrete according to ASTM C 94, and furnish batch ticket information.

1. When air temperature is between 85 and 90 deg F, reduce mixing and delivery time from 1-1/2 hours to 75 minutes; when air temperature is above 90 deg F, reduce mixing and delivery time to 60 minutes.

B. Project-Site Mixing: Measure, batch, and mix concrete materials and concrete according to ASTM C 94. Mix concrete materials in appropriate drum-type batch machine mixer.

1. For mixer capacity of 1 cu. yd. or smaller, continue mixing at least 1-1/2 minutes, but not more than 5 minutes after ingredients are in mixer, before any part of batch is released.

2. For mixer capacity larger than 1 cu. yd., increase mixing time by 15 seconds for each additional 1 cu. yd.

3. Provide batch ticket for each batch discharged and used in the Work, indicating Project identification name and number, date, mixture type, mixture time, quantity, and amount of water added. Record approximate location of final deposit in structure.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 VAPOR-RETARDER INSTALLATION

A. Sheet Vapor Retarders: Place, protect, and repair sheet vapor retarder according to ASTM E 1643 and manufacturer's written instructions.

1. Lap joints 6 inches and seal with manufacturer's recommended tape.

3.2 STEEL REINFORCEMENT INSTALLATION

A. General: Comply with CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice" for fabricating, placing, and supporting reinforcement.

1. Do not cut or puncture vapor retarder. Repair damage and reseal vapor retarder before placing concrete.

B. Clean reinforcement of loose rust and mill scale, earth, ice, and other foreign materials that reduce bond to concrete.

C. Accurately position, support, and secure reinforcement against displacement. Locate and support reinforcement with bar supports to maintain minimum concrete cover. Do not tack weld crossing reinforcing bars.

D. Set wire ties with ends directed into concrete, not toward exposed concrete surfaces.

E. Install welded-wire reinforcement in longest practicable lengths on bar supports spaced to minimize sagging. Lap edges and ends of adjoining sheets at least one mesh spacing. Offset laps of adjoining sheet widths to prevent continuous laps in either direction. Lace overlaps with wire.

Page 98: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040

Cast-In-Place Concrete03 30 00 - 6

3.3 JOINTS

A. Doweled Joints: Install dowel bars and support assemblies at joints where indicated. Lubricate or asphalt coat one-half of dowel length to prevent concrete bonding to one side of joint.

3.4 CONCRETE PLACEMENT

A. Before placing concrete, verify that installation of formwork, reinforcement, and embedded items is complete and that required inspections are completed.

B. Do not add water to concrete during delivery, at Project site, or during placement unless approved by Architect.

C. Before test sampling and placing concrete, water may be added at Project site, subject to limitations of ACI 301.

1. Do not add water to concrete after adding high-range water-reducing admixtures to mixture.

D. Deposit concrete continuously in one layer or in horizontal layers of such thickness that no new concrete is placed on concrete that has hardened enough to cause seams or planes of weakness. If a section cannot be placed continuously, provide construction joints as indicated. Deposit concrete to avoid segregation.

1. Deposit concrete in horizontal layers of depth not to exceed formwork design pressures and in a manner to avoid inclined construction joints.

2. Consolidate placed concrete with mechanical vibrating equipment according to ACI 301. 3. Do not use vibrators to transport concrete inside forms. Insert and withdraw vibrators

vertically at uniformly spaced locations to rapidly penetrate placed layer and at least 6 inches into preceding layer. Do not insert vibrators into lower layers of concrete that have begun to lose plasticity. At each insertion, limit duration of vibration to time necessary to consolidate concrete and complete embedment of reinforcement and other embedded items without causing mixture constituents to segregate.

E. Deposit and consolidate concrete for floors and slabs in a continuous operation, within limits of construction joints, until placement of a panel or section is complete.

1. Consolidate concrete during placement operations, so concrete is thoroughly worked around reinforcement and other embedded items and into corners.

2. Maintain reinforcement in position on chairs during concrete placement. 3. Screed slab surfaces with a straightedge and strike off to correct elevations. 4. Slope surfaces uniformly to drains where required. 5. Begin initial floating using bull floats or darbies to form a uniform and open-textured

surface plane, before excess bleedwater appears on the surface. Do not further disturb slab surfaces before starting finishing operations.

Page 99: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040

Cast-In-Place Concrete03 30 00 - 7

3.5 FINISHING FLOORS AND SLABS

A. General: Comply with ACI 302.1R recommendations for screeding, restraightening, and finishing operations for concrete surfaces. Do not wet concrete surfaces.

B. Trowel Finish: After applying float finish, apply first troweling and consolidate concrete by hand or power-driven trowel. Continue troweling passes and restraighten until surface is free of trowel marks and uniform in texture and appearance. Grind smooth any surface defects that would telegraph through applied coatings or floor coverings.

1. Apply a trowel finish to surfaces exposed to view or to be covered with resilient flooring, carpet, ceramic or quarry tile set over a cleavage membrane, paint, or another thin-film-finish coating system.

2. Finish surfaces to the following tolerances, according to ASTM E 1155, for a randomly trafficked floor surface:

a. Specified overall values of flatness, F(F) 35; and of levelness, F(L) 25; with minimum local values of flatness, F(F) 24; and of levelness, F(L) 17; for slabs-on-grade.

3. Finish and measure surface, so gap at any point between concrete surface and an unleveled, freestanding, 10-ft. long straightedge resting on two high spots and placed anywhere on the surface does not exceed 3/16 inch.

C. In areas with floor drains, maintain floor elevation at walls; pitch surfaces uniformly to drains as indicated in drawings.

3.6 CONCRETE PROTECTING AND CURING

A. General: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot temperatures. Comply with ACI 306.1 for cold-weather protection and ACI 301 for hot-weather protection during curing.

B. Evaporation Retarder: Apply evaporation retarder to unformed concrete surfaces if hot, dry, or windy conditions cause moisture loss approaching 0.2 lb/sq. ft. x h before and during finishing operations. Apply according to manufacturer's written instructions after placing, screeding, and bull floating or darbying concrete, but before float finishing.

C. Formed Surfaces: Cure formed concrete surfaces, including underside of beams, supported slabs, and other similar surfaces. If forms remain during curing period, moist cure after loosening forms. If removing forms before end of curing period, continue curing for remainder of curing period.

D. Unformed Surfaces: Begin curing immediately after finishing concrete. Cure unformed surfaces, including floors and slabs, concrete floor toppings, and other surfaces.

Page 100: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040

Cast-In-Place Concrete03 30 00 - 8

E. Cure concrete according to ACI 308.1, by one or a combination of the following methods:

1. Moisture Curing: Keep surfaces continuously moist for not less than seven days with the following materials:

a. Water. b. Continuous water-fog spray. c. Absorptive cover, water saturated, and kept continuously wet. Cover concrete

surfaces and edges with 12-inch lap over adjacent absorptive covers.

2. Moisture-Retaining-Cover Curing: Cover concrete surfaces with moisture-retaining cover for curing concrete, placed in widest practicable width, with sides and ends lapped at least 12 inches, and sealed by waterproof tape or adhesive. Cure for not less than seven days. Immediately repair any holes or tears during curing period, using cover material and waterproof tape.

a. Moisture cure or use moisture-retaining covers to cure concrete surfaces to receive floor coverings.

b. Moisture cure or use moisture-retaining covers to cure concrete surfaces to receive penetrating liquid floor treatments.

c. Cure concrete surfaces to receive floor coverings with either a moisture-retaining cover or a curing compound that the manufacturer certifies does not interfere with bonding of floor covering used on Project.

3. Curing Compound: Apply uniformly in continuous operation by power spray or roller according to manufacturer's written instructions. Recoat areas subjected to heavy rainfall within three hours after initial application. Maintain continuity of coating and repair damage during curing period.

a. Removal: After curing period has elapsed, remove curing compound without damaging concrete surfaces by method recommended by curing compound manufacturer unless manufacturer certifies curing compound does not interfere with bonding of floor covering used on Project.

4. Curing and Sealing Compound: Apply uniformly to floors and slabs indicated in a continuous operation by power spray or roller according to manufacturer's written instructions. Recoat areas subjected to heavy rainfall within three hours after initial application. Repeat process 24 hours later and apply a second coat. Maintain continuity of coating and repair damage during curing period.

3.7 JOINT FILLING

A. Prepare, clean, and install joint filler according to manufacturer's written instructions.

1. Defer joint filling until concrete has aged at least six months. Do not fill joints until construction traffic has permanently ceased.

B. Remove dirt, debris, saw cuttings, curing compounds, and sealers from joints; leave contact faces of joints clean and dry.

Page 101: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040

Cast-In-Place Concrete03 30 00 - 9

C. Install semirigid joint filler full depth in saw-cut joints and at least 2 inches deep in formed joints. Overfill joint and trim joint filler flush with top of joint after hardening.

3.8 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Concrete Tests: Testing of composite samples of fresh concrete obtained according to ASTM C 172/C 172M shall be performed according to the following requirements:

1. Testing Frequency: Obtain one composite sample for each day's pour of each concrete mixture exceeding 5 cu. yd., but less than 25 cu. yd., plus one set for each additional 50 cu. yd. or fraction thereof.

2. Slump: ASTM C 143; one test at point of placement for each composite sample, but not less than one test for each day's pour of each concrete mixture. Perform additional tests when concrete consistency appears to change.

3. Air Content: ASTM C 231, pressure method, for normal-weight concrete; ASTM C 173, pressure method, for light-weight concrete; one test for each composite sample, but not less than one test for each day's pour of each concrete mixture.

4. Concrete Temperature: ASTM C 1064; one test hourly when air temperature is 40 deg F and below or 80 deg F and above, and one test for each composite sample.

5. Compression Test Specimens: ASTM C 31/C 31M.

a. Cast and laboratory cure two sets of two standard cylinder specimens for each composite sample.

b. Cast and field cure two sets of two standard cylinder specimens for each composite sample.

6. Compressive-Strength Tests: ASTM C 39; test one set of two laboratory-cured specimens at 7 days and one set of two specimens at 28 days.

a. Test one set of two field-cured specimens at 7 days and one set of two specimens at 28 days.

b. A compressive-strength test shall be the average compressive strength from a set of two specimens obtained from same composite sample and tested at age indicated.

7. When strength of field-cured cylinders is less than 85 percent of companion laboratory-cured cylinders, Contractor shall evaluate operations and provide corrective procedures for protecting and curing in-place concrete.

8. Strength of each concrete mixture will be satisfactory if every average of any three consecutive compressive-strength tests equals or exceeds specified compressive strength and no compressive-strength test value falls below specified compressive strength by more than 500 psi.

9. Test results shall be reported in writing to Architect, concrete manufacturer, and Contractor within 48 hours of testing. Reports of compressive-strength tests shall contain Project identification name and number, date of concrete placement, name of concrete testing and inspecting agency, location of concrete batch in Work, design compressive strength at 28 days, concrete mixture proportions and materials, compressive breaking strength, and type of break for both 7- and 28-day tests.

10. Nondestructive Testing: Impact hammer, sonoscope, or other nondestructive device may be permitted by Architect but will not be used as sole basis for approval or rejection of concrete.

Page 102: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040

Cast-In-Place Concrete03 30 00 - 10

11. Additional Tests: Testing and inspecting agency shall make additional tests of concrete when test results indicate that slump, air entrainment, compressive strengths, or other requirements have not been met, as directed by Architect. Testing and inspecting agency may conduct tests to determine adequacy of concrete by cored cylinders complying with ASTM C 42 or by other methods as directed by Architect.

12. Additional testing and inspecting, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to determine compliance of replaced or additional work with specified requirements.

13. Correct deficiencies in the Work that test reports and inspections indicate do not comply with the Contract Documents.

B. Measure floor and slab flatness and levelness according to ASTM E 1155 within 24 hours of finishing.

END OF SECTION

Page 103: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Miscellaneous Rough Carpentry 06 10 53 -1

SECTION 06 10 53 - MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section includes concealed wood blocking for support of toilet and bath accessories; and fire retardant treatment of wood.

1.2 REFERENCES

A. American National Standards Institute: 1. ANSI A208.1 - Mat-Formed Wood Particleboard.

B. American Wood-Preservers’ Association: 1. AWPA C1 - All Timber Products - Preservative Treatment by Pressure Process. 2. AWPA C20 - Structural Lumber - Fire-Retardant Treatment by Pressure

Processes.

C. ASTM International: 1. ASTM E84 - Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of

Building Materials.

D. National Fire Protection Association: 1. NFPA 255 - Standard Method of Test of Surface Burning Characteristics of

Building Materials.

E. The Redwood Inspection Service: 1. RIS - Standard Specifications for Grades of California Redwood Lumber.

F. Southern Pine Inspection Bureau: 1. SPIB - Standard Grading Rules for Southern Pine Lumber.

G. Underwriters Laboratories Inc.: 1. UL 723 - Tests for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials.

H. U. S Department of Commerce National Institute of Standards and Technology: 1. DOC PS 1 - Construction and Industrial Plywood. 2. DOC PS 2 - Performance Standard for Wood-Based Structural-Use Panels. 3. DOC PS 20 - American Softwood Lumber Standard.

I. West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau: 1. WCLIB - Standard Grading Rules for West Coast Lumber.

J. Western Wood Products Association: 1. WWPA G-5 - Western Lumber Grading Rules.

Page 104: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Miscellaneous Rough Carpentry 06 10 53 -2

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Section 01 33 00 - Submittal Procedures: Submittal procedures.

B. Product Data: Submit technical data on wood preservative and fire retardant treatment materials and application instructions.

1.4 COORDINATION

A. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements: Requirements for coordination.

B. Coordinate Work of this Section with installation of prefabricated wood trusses.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Perform Work in accordance with the following: 1. Lumber Grading Agency: Certified by DOC PS 20.

B. Surface Burning Characteristics: 1. Fire Retardant Treated Materials: Maximum 25/450 flame spread/smoke

developed index when tested in accordance with ASTM E84 NFPA 255 UL 723.

C. Apply label from agency approved by authority having jurisdiction to identify each preservative treated and fire retardant treated material.

1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements: Requirements for transporting, handling, storing, and protecting products.

B. Inspection: Accept materials on Site in manufacturer's original packaging and inspect for damage.

C. Store materials according to manufacturer instructions.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. Lumber Grading Rules: AP&PA, SPIB and WCLIB.

B. Miscellaneous Framing: Stress Group D, S/P/F, species, grade 19 percent maximum moisture content after treatment, pressure preservative treat.

Page 105: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Miscellaneous Rough Carpentry 06 10 53 -3

2.2 ACCESSORIES

A. Fasteners and Anchors: 1. Fasteners: Hot dipped galvanized steel for high humidity and treated wood

locations, unfinished steel elsewhere. 2. Nails and Staples: ASTM F1667. 3. Anchors: Toggle bolt type for anchorage to hollow masonry. Expansion shield

and lag bolt type for anchorage to solid masonry or concrete. Bolt or ballistic fastener for anchorages to steel.

2.3 FACTORY WOOD TREATMENT

A. Fire Retardant Treatment: Pressure treatment, AWPA C20 for lumber and AWPA C27 for plywood, Interior Type, chemically treated and pressure impregnated; capable of providing a maximum flame spread/smoke development of 25/450.

B. Moisture Content After Treatment: 1. Lumber: Maximum 19 percent.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements: Verification of existing conditions before starting work.

B. Verify substrate conditions are ready to receive blocking.

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Coordinate placement of blocking.

3.3 INSTALLATION

A. Set members level and plumb, in correct position.

B. Place horizontal members, crown side up.

END OF SECTION

Page 106: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after
Page 107: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Firestopping 07 84 00 - 1

SECTION 07 84 00 - FIRESTOPPING

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section includes firestopping and through-penetration protection system materials and accessories.

B. Related Sections: 1. Division 23: HVAC work requiring firestopping. 2. Division 26: Electrical work requiring firestopping.

1.2 REFERENCES

A. ASTM International: 1. ASTM E84 - Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of

Building Materials. 2. ASTM E119 - Standard Test Methods for Fire Tests of Building Construction

and Materials. 3. ASTM E814 - Standard Test Method for Fire Tests of Through-Penetration Fire

Stops. 4. ASTM E1966 - Standard Test Method for Fire-Resistive Joint Systems.

B. Intertek Testing Services (Warnock Hersey Listed): 1. WH - Certification Listings.

C. National Fire Protection Association: 1. NFPA 255 - Standard Method of Test of Surface Burning Characteristics of

Building Materials.

D. Underwriters Laboratories Inc.: 1. UL 263 - Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials. 2. UL 723 - Tests for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 3. UL 1479 - Fire Tests of Through-Penetration Firestops. 4. UL 2079 - Tests for Fire Resistance of Building Joint Systems. 5. UL - Fire Resistance Directory.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Firestopping (Through-Penetration Protection System): Sealing or stuffing material or assembly placed in spaces between and penetrations through building materials to arrest movement of fire, smoke, heat, and hot gases through fire rated construction.

1.4 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

A. Firestopping Materials: ASTM E814 to achieve fire ratings as noted on Drawings for adjacent construction, but not less than 1-hour fire rating.

Page 108: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Firestopping 07 84 00 - 2

B. Firestopping Materials: UL 263, UL 1479, to achieve fire ratings of adjacent construction in accordance with UL Design Numbers noted in Schedule at end of this section.

C. Surface Burning: ASTM E84 with maximum flame spread / smoke developed rating of 25/450.

D. Firestop interruptions to fire rated assemblies, materials, and components.

1.5 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. Conform to applicable code for fire resistance ratings and surface burning characteristics.

B. Provide certificate of compliance from authority having jurisdiction indicating approval of materials used.

1.6 SUBMITTALS

A. Section 01 33 00 - Submittal Procedures: Submittal procedures.

B. Product Data: Submit data on product characteristics, performance and limitation criteria.

C. Schedule: Submit schedule of opening locations and sizes, penetrating items, and required listed design numbers to seal openings to maintain fire resistance rating of adjacent assembly.

D. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Submit preparation and installation instructions.

E. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify products meet or exceed specified requirements.

F. Engineering Judgements: For conditions not covered by UL or WH listed designs, submit judgements by licensed professional engineer suitable for presentation to authority having jurisdiction for acceptance as meeting code fire protection requirements.

1.7 QUALIFICATIONS

A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum three years experience.

B. Applicator: Company specializing in performing Work of this section with minimum three years experience, and approved by manufacturer.

1.8 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS

A. Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.

B. Do not apply materials when temperature of substrate material and ambient air is below 60 degrees F.

Page 109: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Firestopping 07 84 00 - 3

C. Maintain this minimum temperature before, during, and for minimum 3 days after installation of materials.

D. Provide ventilation in areas to receive solvent cured materials.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 FIRESTOPPING

A. Manufacturers: 1. Dow Corning Corp. 2. Hilti Corp. 3. 3M fire Protection Products.

B. Product Description: Different types of products by multiple manufacturers are acceptable as required to meet specified system description and performance requirements; provide only one type for each similar application. 1. Silicone Firestopping Elastomeric Firestopping: Single or Multiple component

silicone elastomeric compound and compatible silicone sealant. 2. Foam Firestopping Compounds: Multiple component foam compound. 3. Formulated Firestopping Compound of Incombustible Fibers: Formulated

compound mixed with incombustible non-asbestos fibers. 4. Fiber Stuffing and Sealant Firestopping: Composite of mineral or ceramic fiber

stuffing insulation with silicone elastomer for smoke stopping.

C. Color: Red or yellow.

2.2 ACCESSORIES

A. Primer: Type recommended by firestopping manufacturer for specific substrate surfaces and suitable for required fire ratings.

B. Dam Material: Permanent: 1. Mineral fiberboard. 2. Mineral fiber matting. 3. Sheet metal.

C. Installation Accessories: Provide clips, collars, fasteners, temporary stops or dams, and other devices required to position and retain materials in place.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements: Coordination and project conditions.

B. Verify openings are ready to receive firestopping.

Page 110: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Firestopping 07 84 00 - 4

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Clean substrate surfaces of dirt, dust, grease, oil, loose material, or other matter affecting bond of firestopping material.

B. Remove incompatible materials affecting bond.

C. Install backing and damming materials to arrest liquid material leakage.

3.3 APPLICATION

A. Install material at fire rated construction perimeters and openings containing penetrating sleeves, piping, ductwork, conduit and other items, requiring firestopping.

B. Apply primer where recommended by manufacturer for type of firestopping material and substrate involved, and as required for compliance with required fire ratings.

C. Apply firestopping material in sufficient thickness to achieve required fire and smoke rating, to uniform density and texture.

D. Compress fibered material to maximum 40 percent of its uncompressed size.

3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Section 01 40 00 - Quality Requirements and 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Field inspecting, testing, adjusting, and balancing.

B. Inspect installed firestopping for compliance with specifications and submitted schedule.

3.5 CLEANING

A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Final cleaning.

B. Clean adjacent surfaces of firestopping materials.

3.6 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED CONSTRUCTION

A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Protecting installed construction.

B. Protect adjacent surfaces from damage by material installation.

END OF SECTION

Page 111: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Joint Protection 07 90 00 - 1

SECTION 07 90 00 - JOINT PROTECTION

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes: 1. Preparing sealant substrate surfaces. 2. Sealant and backing.

1.2 REFERENCES

A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 1. ASTM C717 - Standard Terminology of Building Seals and Sealants. 2. ASTM C834 - Specification for Latex Sealants. 3. ASTM C920 - Specification for Elastomeric Joint Sealants. 4. ASTM D1056 - Flexible Cellular Material- Sponge or Expanded Rubber.

B. Federal Specifications (FS):

1. FS SS-S-200 - Sealing Compounds, Two Component, Elastomeric, Polymer Type, Jet-Fuel Resistant, Cold Applied.

2. FS TT-S-1657 - Sealing Compound, Single Component Butyl Rubber Based Solvent Release Type (for Buildings and other Types of Construction).

3. COORDINATION

1.3 COORDINATION

A. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements: Requirements for coordination.

B. Coordinate Work of this Section with Sections referencing this Section.

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Section 01 33 00 – Submittal Procedures: Procedures for submittals. 1. Product Data: Product chemical characteristics, performance criteria, substrate preparation,

limitations, and color availability.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing Work of this Section with minimum 5 years documented experience.

Page 112: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Joint Protection 07 90 00 - 2

1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

A. Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements: Transport, handle, store, and protect products.

B. Deliver Products in manufacturer's original unopened containers or packages with labels intact, identifying product and manufacturer, date of manufacture, lot number, shelf life, curing time, and mixing instructions, where applicable.

C. Store and handle materials to prevent deterioration or damage due to moisture, temperature changes,

contaminants, or other causes.

D. Protection: 1. Protect materials from moisture and dust by storing in clean, dry location remote from

construction operations areas. 2. Provide additional protection according to manufacturer instructions.

1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS OR SITE CONDITIONS

A. Environmental Requirements: Install sealant during manufacturer's recommended temperature ranges and weather conditions for application and cure. Consult manufacturer when sealant cannot be applied during recommended conditions.

1.8 WARRANTY

A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for warranties.

B. Warranty: 1. Submit written warranty signed by sealant manufacturer agreeing to replace sealants and

accessories which fail because of loss of cohesion or adhesion or which do not cure. 2. Warranty Period: 5 years or longer per the manufacturers’ standard warranties.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS

A. Subject to compliance with project requirements, manufacturers offering specified items which may be incorporated into the work include the following: 1. Bostik, Inc, Huntingdon Valley, PA, (800) 523-2678, (125) 674-5600. 2. Dow Corning, Midland, MI (517) 496-4000. 3. GE Silicones, Waterford, NY (518) 233-3330. 4. Mameco International, Cleveland, OH, (800) 321-6412, (216) 752-4400. 5. W.R. Meadows, Inc, Elgin, IL (800) 342-5976, (847) 683-4500. 6. Nomaco, Inc., Zebulon, NC, (919) 269-6500. 7. Pecora Corporation, Harleysville, PA, (800) 523-6688, (215) 723-6051.

Page 113: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Joint Protection 07 90 00 - 3

8. Sika Corporation, Lyndhurst, NJ, (800) 933-7452, (201) 933-8800. 9. Sonneborn Building Products Div. ChemRex, Inc., Shakopee, MN (800) 243-6739, (612) 496-

6000. 10. Tremco, Beachwood, OH, (800) 852-3821, (216) 292-5000. 11. USG Corp., Chicago, IL (800) 874-4968, (312) 606-4000.

2.2 BUILDING SEALANTS (See Sealant Schedule at the end of this Section for specific use of sealants.)

A. Urethanes: 1. Type 1: Two-Part Urethane: Self-Leveling, ASTM C920, Type M, Grade P, Class 25.

a. Chem-Calk CC-550, by Bostik. b. Vulkem 245, by Mameco. c. Vulkem 255, Wide-Joint, by Mameco. d. NR-200 Urexpan, by Pecora Corporation.

2. Type 2: Two-Part Urethane: Non-Sag, ASTM C920, Type M, Grade NS, Class 25. a. Chem-Calk 500, by Bostik. b. Vulkem 227, by Mameco. c. Sonolastic NP 2, by Sonneborn Building Products, ChemRex Inc.

3. Type 3: One-Part Urethane: Self-Leveling, ASTM C920, Type S, Grade P, Class 25. a. Vulkem 45, by Mameco. b. Urexpan NR-201, by Pecora Corporation. c. Sonolastic SL1, by Sonneborn Building Products, ChemRex Inc. d. Sikaflex 1C-SL by Sika.

4. Type 4: One-Part Urethane: Non-Sag, ASTM C920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25. a. Chem-Calk 900, by Bostik. b. Vulkem 116, by Mameco. c. Sonolastic NP I, by Sonneborn Building Products, ChemRex Inc.

B. Silicones:

1. Type 1: One-Part Silicones: ASTM C920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 50. a. 795 Silicone Building Sealant, by Dow Corning. b. 864 Architectural Silicone Sealant, by Pecora Corporation.

2. Type 2: One-Part Silicones: ASTM C920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25. a. 999-A Silicone Building & Glazing Sealant, Dow Corning. b. Construction 1200 Sealant, General Electric Company.

3. Type 3: One-Part Silicones: ASTM C920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25. Vertical Surfaces Only. a. Construction 1200 Sealant, General Electric Company. b. 999-A, Dow Corning. c. 860 Glaziers and Contractors Silicone Sealant, by Pecora Corporation. (colors only)

4. Type 4: One-Part Silicones: ASTM C920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25 or 50. a. 786 Mildew Resistant Silicone Sealant, Dow Corning. b. SCS 1700 Sanitary Sealant, General Electric. c. 898 Silicone Sanitary Sealant, Pecora Corporation.

Page 114: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Joint Protection 07 90 00 - 4

C. Acrylics, Latex: 1. Type 1: One-Part Acrylic Latex, Non-Sag, ASTM-C-834-76.

a. Chem-Calk 600, by Bostik. b. LC-130, by MACCO Adhesives, The Glidden Company. c. Easa-ply ALS, by W. R. Meadows, Inc. d. AC-20+Silicone Acrylic Latex, by Pecora Corporation. e. Sonolac, Sonneborn Building Products, ChemRex Inc.

D. Acoustical Sealants:

1. Type 1: AC-20 FTR Acoustical and Insulation Sealant, by Pecora Corporation. 2. Type 2: 60+ Unicrylic, by Pecora Corporation. 3. Type 3: Sheetrock Acoustical Sealant, by United States Gypsum.

E. Butyls:

1. Type 1: One-Part Butyl, Non-Sag, FS TT-S-1657. a. Chem-Calk 300, by Bostik. b. BC-158 Butyl Rubber, by Pecora Corporation. (ASTM C1085)

F. Preformed Compressible & Non-Compressible Fillers:

1. Type 1: Backer Rod - Closed cell polyethylene foam: a. HBR Backer Rod, by Nomaco. b. #92 Greenrod, by Nomaco. c. Sonofoam Closed-Cell Backer Rod, Sonneborn Building Products, ChemRex Inc.

2. Type 2: Backer Rod - Open cell polyurethane foam: a. Denver Foam, by Backer Rod Mfg Inc. b. Foam Pack II, by Nomaco.

3. Type 3: Neoprene compression seals: a. WE, WF, and WG Series, by Watson Bowman & Acme Corp. b. Will-Seal 150 Precompressed Expanding Foam Sealants, by Will-Seal, a Division of

Illbruck. 4. Type 4: Butyl Rod: Kirkhill Rubber Co. (714)529-4901.

G. Bond Breaker Tape: Polyethylene tape of plastic as recommended by sealant manufacturer, to be

applied to sealant-contact surfaces where bond to substrate of joint filler must be avoided for proper performance of sealant

2.3 COLORS

A. Generally use sealant colors matching color of material joint is located in.

Where a joint occurs between two materials of differing colors and Contractor cannot determine which material to match, contact Architect / Engineer for selection.

Page 115: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Joint Protection 07 90 00 - 5

2.4 ACCESSORIES

A. Joint Cleaner: Provide type of non-corrosive and non-staining joint cleaning compound recommended by sealant manufacturer for joint surfaces to be cleaned.

B. Primer: Non-staining as recommended by sealant manufacturer.

C. Masking tape and similar accessories to protect surfaces from damage.

D. Joint Backing:

1. Round foam rod, compatible with sealant. 2. Size: Oversized 30 to 50 percent larger than joint width.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for application examination.

B. Verification of Conditions: Verify that field measurements, surfaces, substrates and conditions are as required, and ready to receive Work. 1. Verify that joint widths are in conformance with sealant manufacturer allowable limits. 2. Verify that contaminants capable of interfering with adhesion have been cleaned form joint and

joint properly prepared. 3. Verify that joint backing and release tapes are compatible with sealant.

C. Report in writing to Architect / Engineer prevailing conditions that will adversely affect satisfactory

execution of the Work of this Section. Do not proceed with Work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

D. By beginning Work, Contractor accepts conditions and assumes responsibility for correcting unsuitable

conditions encountered at no additional cost to the Owner.

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Section 01 70 00 – Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for application preparation.

B. Comply with ASTM C1193.

C. Clean and prime joints.

D. Prepare and size joints in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Clean substrates of dirt, laitance, dust, or mortar using solvent, abrasion, or sandblasting as recommended by manufacturer. Remove loose materials and foreign matter which might impair adhesion of sealant.

Page 116: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Joint Protection 07 90 00 - 6

E. Verify that joint backing and release tapes are compatible with sealant. Verify sealant is suitable for substrate. Verify that sealant is paintable if painted finish is indicated.

F. Protect materials surrounding work of this Section from damage or disfiguration.

3.3 INSTALLATION

A. Comply with ASTM C1193.

B. Install sealant in accordance with manufacturer's published instructions.

C. Prime or seal joint surfaces where recommended by sealant manufacturer. Do not allow primer or sealer to spill or migrate onto adjoining surfaces.

D. Install backer rod and bond breaker tape where required by manufacturer.

E. Install preformed compressible and non-compressible fillers in accordance with manufacturer's

published instructions.

F. Install sealants to depths recommended by sealant manufacturer in uniform, continuous ribbons free of air pockets, foreign embedded matter, ridges, and sags, "wetting" joint bond surfaces equally on both sides.

G. Tool joints concave unless shown otherwise. Where horizontal joints are between a horizontal surface

and a vertical surface, fill joint to form slight cove so that joint will not trap moisture and foreign matter. Dry tool joints. Do not use soap, water, or solvent to tool joints.

3.4 CURING

A. Cure sealants in compliance with manufacturer's published instructions.

3.5 CLEANING

A. Section 01 70 00 – Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for protecting finished Work.

B. Remove excess and spillage of sealants promptly as the work progresses, using materials and methods as recommended by sealant and substrate manufacturers. Clean adjoining surfaces to eliminate evidence of spillage without damage to adjoining surfaces or finishes.

Page 117: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Joint Protection 07 90 00 - 7

3.6 SEALANT SCHEDULE

A. Interior Joints: 1. Seal interior perimeters of exterior openings. 2. Expansion and control joints on interior of exterior cast-in-place concrete walls. 3. Expansion and control joints on interior of exterior precast, architectural wall panels. 4. Expansion and control joints on interior of exterior masonry walls. 5. Perimeters of interior hollow metal and aluminum frames. 6. Interior masonry vertical control joints and intersecting masonry walls; CMU-to-CMU, CMU-to-

concrete. 7. Joints at intersection of exterior masonry walls and interior gypsum board partitions. 8. For all of the above interior joints:

a. Sealant Urethane Type 2 b. Sealant Urethane Type 4 c. Sealant Silicone Type 1 (for prefinished materials only)

9. Exposed interior control joints in drywall and concealed joints. a. Sealant Acrylic, Latex, Type 1 b. Sealant Acoustical Type 1 c. Sealant Acoustical Type 3 d. Sealant Butyl Type 1

10. Joints of underside of precast beams or planks. a. Sealant Urethane Type 2 b. Sealant Urethane Type 4

11. Joints at tops of non-load bearing masonry walls at underside of cast-in-place concrete. a. Sealant Urethane Type 2 b. Sealant Urethane Type 4

12. Perimeter of bath fixtures: sinks, tubs, urinals, waterclosets, basins, vanities, etc. a. Sealant Silicone Type 4

13. Interior expansion and control joints in floor surfaces exposed to foot traffic. a. Sealant Urethane Type 2 b. Sealant Urethane Type 4 c. Preformed Compressible & Non-Compressible Filler Type 1

14. Interior saw-cut contraction joints in exposed concrete floors exposed to forklift traffic. a. Paving Sealant Type 1

15. Interior non-moving joints, including control, contraction, or construction joints, in interior floor slabs exposed to heavy duty traffic. a. Paving Sealant Type 1

16. Painted metal lap joints. a. Sealant Silicone Type 1

END OF SECTION

Page 118: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after
Page 119: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Gypsum Board Assemblies 09 21 16 - 1

SECTION 09 21 16 - GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section includes cementitious backer board and joint treatment; and finish.

1.2 REFERENCES

A. ASTM International: 1. ASTM C475 - Standard Specification for Joint Compound and Joint Tape for

Finishing Gypsum Board. 2. ASTM C514 - Standard Specification for Nails for the Application of Gypsum

Board. 3. ASTM C557 - Standard Specification for Adhesives for Fastening Gypsum

Wallboard to Wood Framing. 4. ASTM C645 - Standard Specification for Nonstructural Steel Framing Members. 5. ASTM C665 - Standard Specification for Mineral-Fiber Blanket Thermal

Insulation for Light Frame Construction and Manufactured Housing. 6. ASTM C754 - Standard Specification for Installation of Steel Framing Members

to Receive Screw-Attached Gypsum Panel Products. 7. ASTM C840 - Standard Specification for Application and Finishing of Gypsum

Board. 8. ASTM C954 - Standard Specification for Steel Drill Screws for the Application

of Gypsum Panel Products or Metal Plaster Bases to Steel Studs from 0.033 in. to 0.112 in. in Thickness.

9. ASTM C1002 - Standard Specification for Steel Drill Screws for the Application of Gypsum Panel Products or Metal Plaster Bases.

10. ASTM C1007 - Standard Specification for Installation of Load Bearing (Transverse and Axial) Steel Studs and Related Accessories.

11. ASTM C1178 - Standard Specification for Glass Mat Water-Resistant Gypsum Backing Panel.

12. ASTM C1280 - Standard Specification for Application of Gypsum Sheathing. 13. ASTM C1396 - Standard Specification for Gypsum Board. 14. ASTM E84 - Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of

Building Materials. 15. ASTM E90 - Standard Test Method for Laboratory Measurement of Airborne

Sound Transmission Loss of Building Partitions and Elements. 16. ASTM E119 - Standard Test Methods for Fire Tests of Building Construction

and Materials.

B. Gypsum Association: 1. GA 214 - Recommended Levels of Gypsum Board Finish. 2. GA 216 - Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board. 3. GA 600 - Fire Resistance Design Manual Sound Control.

Page 120: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Gypsum Board Assemblies 09 21 16 - 2

C. Intertek Testing Services (Warnock Hersey Listed): 1. WH - Certification Listings.

D. National Fire Protection Association: 1. NFPA 255 - Standard Method of Test of Surface Burning Characteristics of

Building Materials.

E. Underwriters Laboratories Inc.: 1. UL - Fire Resistance Directory. 2. UL 723 - Tests for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials.

1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. Conform to applicable code for fire rated assemblies as follows. 1. Fire rated partitions: Listed assembly by UL No.

B. Acoustic Attenuation for Identified Interior Partitions: 50 STC in accordance with ASTM E90.

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Section 01 33 00 - Submittal Procedures: Submittal procedures.

B. Shop Drawings: Indicate special details associated with fireproofing, and acoustic seals.

C. Product Data: Submit data on metal framing, gypsum board, joint tape and acoustic accessories.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Perform Work in accordance with ASTM C840, ASTM C1280, GA-214, GA-216 and GA-600.

B. Maintain one copy of each document on site.

1.6 QUALIFICATIONS

A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum three years experience.

B. Installer: Company specializing in performing Work of this section with minimum three years experience.

1.7 PRE-INSTALLATION MEETINGS

A. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements: Pre-installation meeting.

B. Convene minimum one week prior to commencing work of this section.

Page 121: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Gypsum Board Assemblies 09 21 16 - 3

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES

A. Manufacturers: 1. Celotex Building Products. 2. G-P Gypsum Corp. 3. National Gypsum Co. 4. United States Gypsum Co.

2.2 COMPONENTS

A. Anchoring Materials: 1. Anchorage to Substrate: Tie wire, nails, screws, and other metal supports, of type

and size to suit application; to rigidly secure materials in place.

B. Gypsum Board Materials: 1. Cementious Backing Board: High density, glass fiber reinforced, 1/4-inch thick;

2-inch wide coated glass fiber tape for joints and corners.

2.3 ACCESSORIES

A. Joint Materials: ASTM C475; GA-216; reinforcing tape, joint compound, adhesive, and water.

B. Fasteners: ASTM C1002, Type S12 and GA-216.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements: Coordination and project conditions.

B. Verify site conditions are ready to receive work and opening dimensions are as indicated on shop drawings.

3.2 INSTALLATION

A. Cementitious Backer Board Installation: 1. Install cementitious backing board to existing CMU substrate.

B. Joint Treatment: 1. Finish in accordance with GA-214 Level 4. 2. Tape, fill, and sand exposed joints, edges, and corners to produce smooth surface

ready to receive finishes. 3. Fill and finish joints and corners of cementitious backing board. Finish in

accordance with GA-214 Level 4 and tolerance as stated in Article 3.3.

Page 122: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Gypsum Board Assemblies 09 21 16 - 4

3.3 ERECTION TOLERANCES

A. Section 01 40 00 - Quality Requirements: Tolerances.

B. Maximum Variation of Finished Gypsum Board Surface from Flat Surface: 1/8 inch in 10 feet.

END OF SECTION

Page 123: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Tiling 09 30 00 - 1

SECTION 09 30 00 - TILING

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section includes porcelain paver tile for wall and floor applications; thin-set application method; cementitious backer board as tile substrate; thresholds at door openings; and accessories.

B. Related Sections: 1. Section 07 90 00 - Joint Sealers. 2. Section 09 21 16 – Gypsum Board Assemblies: Cement Backer Board.

1.2 REFERENCES

A. American National Standards Institute: 1. ANSI A108.1 - Installation of Ceramic Tile, A collection. 2. ANSI A108.10 - Specifications for Installation of Grout in Tilework. 3. ANSI A108.1A - Specifications for Installation of Ceramic Tile in the Wet-Set

Method with Portland Cement Mortar. 4. ANSI A108.1B - Specifications for Installation of Ceramic Tile on a Cured

Portland Cement Mortar Setting Bed with Dry-Set or Latex Portland Cement Mortar.

5. ANSI A108.1C - Specifications for Contractors Option: Installation of Ceramic Tile in the Wet-Set Method with Portland Cement Mortar -or- Installation of Ceramic Tile on a Cured Portland Cement Mortar Setting Bed with Dry-Set or Latex Portland Cement Mortar.

6. ANSI A108.4 - Specifications for Ceramic Tile Installed with Organic Adhesives or Water-Cleanable Tile Setting Epoxy Adhesive.

7. ANSI A108.5 - Specifications for Ceramic Tile Installed with Dry-Set Portland Cement Mortar or Latex-Portland Cement Mortar.

8. ANSI A108.6 - Specifications for Ceramic Tile Installed with Chemical-Resistant, Water-Cleanable Tile-Setting and -Grouting Epoxy.

9. ANSI A108.7 - Specifications for Electrically Conductive Ceramic Tile Installed with Conductive Dry-Set Portland Cement Mortar.

10. ANSI A108.8 - Specifications for Ceramic Tile Installed with Chemical-Resistant Furan Mortar and Grout.

11. ANSI A108.9 - Specifications for Ceramic Tile Installed with Modified Epoxy Emulsion Mortar/Grout.

12. ANSI A118.1 - Standard Specification for Dry-Set Portland Cement Mortar. 13. ANSI A118.3 - Chemical-Resistant, Water-Cleanable, Tile-Setting and -Grouting

Epoxy and Water-Cleanable Tile-Setting Epoxy Adhesive. 14. ANSI A118.4 - Latex-Portland Cement Mortar. 15. ANSI A118.5 - Chemical-Resistant Furan Mortar and Grout. 16. ANSI A118.6 - Ceramic Tile Grouts. 17. ANSI A118.8 - Modified Epoxy Emulsion Mortar/Grout. 18. ANSI A118.9 - Test Methods and Specifications for Cementitious Backer Units.

Page 124: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Tiling 09 30 00 - 2

19. ANSI A136.1 - Organic Adhesives for Installation of Ceramic Tile. 20. ANSI A137.1 - Ceramic Tile.

B. Tile Council of America: 1. TCA - Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Section 01 33 00 - Submittal Procedures: Submittal procedures.

B. Shop Drawings: Indicate tile layout, patterns, color arrangement, perimeter conditions, junctions with dissimilar materials, control and expansion joints, ceramic accessories, and setting details.

C. Product Data: Submit instructions for using grouts and adhesives.

D. Samples: Submit mounted tile and grout on two plywood panels, 12x12 inch in size illustrating pattern, color variations, and grout joint size variations.

E. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify Products meet or exceed specified requirements.

1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution Requirements: Closeout procedures.

B. Operation and Maintenance Data: Submit recommended cleaning methods, cleaning materials, stain removal methods, and polishes and waxes.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Perform Work in accordance with TCA Handbook and ANSI A108 Series/A118 Series.

1.6 QUALIFICATIONS

A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum three years experience.

B. Installer: Company specializing in performing Work of this section with minimum three years experience and approved by tile manufacturer.

1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements: Product storage and handling requirements.

B. Protect adhesives and grouts from freezing or overheating.

Page 125: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Tiling 09 30 00 - 3

1.8 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS

A. Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.

B. Do not install adhesives and grouts in unventilated environment.

C. Maintain ambient and substrate temperature of 50 degrees F during installation of mortar materials.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 TILE

A. Manufacturers: 1. American Olean Tile Co. – Concrete Chic.

a. Walls shall be Elegant Gray CC67 with Silver Shimmer 19 grout from Ardex.

b. Floors shall be Stylish Charcoal CC68 with Cast Iron 22 grout from Ardex.

2.2 COMPONENTS

A. Porcelain Wall/Floor Tile: ANSI A137.1, conforming to the following: 1. Moisture Absorption: 0 to 0.5 percent. 2. Size: 12x12x5/16 inch. 3. Shape: Square. 4. Edge: Cushioned. 5. Surface Finish: Unglazed. 6. Pattern: As indicated on Drawings.

B. Base: Same as wall tile. Match wall tile for moisture absorption, surface finish. 1. Height: 6 inches. 2. Top Edge: Bull-nosed. 3. Internal Corner: Coved. 4. External Corner: Bull-nosed.

C. Bullnose Trim: 1. Size: 12 x 3 inch. 2. Top Edge: Bull-nosed. 3. Shape: Rectangle. 4. Edge: Cushioned.

Page 126: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Tiling 09 30 00 - 4

2.3 ACCESSORIES

A. Adhesive Materials: 1. Organic Adhesive: ANSI A136.1, thin-set bond type.

B. Mortar Materials: 1. Mortar Bed Materials: Portland cement, sand, latex additive, and water. 2. Mortar Bond Coat Materials:

a. Dry-Set Portland Cement type: ANSI A118.1. b. Latex-Portland Cement type: ANSI A118.4.

C. Grout Materials: 1. Standard Grout: Sand-Portland Cement type or as Latex-Portland cement type as

specified in ANSI A118.6. a. Color: As selected by Architect/Engineer from full range of

manufacturer's standard colors. 2. Silicone Rubber Grout: Silicone sealant, moisture and mildew resistant type,

complying with ANSI A118.6, color as selected by Architect/Engineer from full range of manufacturer's standard colors; use for toilet room floors and walls.

D. Membrane at Walls: No. 15 asphalt saturated felt. 6-mil thick polyethylene film.

E. Cementitious Backer Board: ANSI A118.9; High density, cementitious, glass fiber reinforced, 1/4 inch thick; 2 inch wide coated glass fiber tape for joints and corners.

F. Tile Edging: 1. Schluter Systems, L.P., 194 Pleasant Ridge Road, Plattsburgh, NY 12901-5841.

Tel.: (800) 472-4588. Fax: (800) 477-9783. E-mail: [email protected]. Internet: www.schluter.com.

2. Material and Finish: Stainless steel in color and finish as selected by Architect/Engineer from manufacturer’s full line of color selection.

3. Profiles: As required to cap top of cement board and tile thickness. 4. Mounting: Concealed flange to be mortared into wall construction behind tile. 5. Corner Construction: Square or radius. 6. Accessories: Connectors, in-corners and out-corners as necessary.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements: Coordination and project conditions.

B. Verify surfaces are ready to receive work.

Page 127: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Tiling 09 30 00 - 5

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Protect surrounding work from damage.

B. Vacuum clean surfaces and damp clean.

C. Seal substrate surface cracks with filler. Level existing substrate surfaces to acceptable flatness tolerances.

D. Install cementitious backer board. Tape joints and corners, cover with skim coat of dry-set mortar to feather edge.

E. Prepare substrate surfaces for adhesive installation.

3.3 EXISTING WORK

A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution Requirements: Requirements for maintenance service.

B. Prepare and remodel existing tile installations using materials and methods as specified.

C. Clean and repair existing wall areas which remains.

3.4 INSTALLATION

A. Install tile, and grout in accordance with applicable requirements of ANSI A108.1 through A108.10, and TCA Handbook recommendations.

B. Cut and fit tile to penetrations through tile, leaving sealant joint space. Form corners and bases neatly.

C. Place tile with joints uniform in width, subject to variance in tolerance allowed in tile size. Make joints watertight, without voids, cracks, excess mortar, or excess grout. 1. Ceramic and Ceramic Mosaic Tile: 1/8 inch.

D. Form internal angles coved and external angles bullnosed.

E. Install ceramic accessories rigidly in prepared openings.

F. Sound tile after setting. Replace hollow sounding units.

G. Keep control joints free of adhesive or grout. Apply sealant to joints.

H. Allow tile to set for a minimum of 48 hours prior to grouting.

I. Grout tile joints. Use standard grout unless otherwise indicated.

J. Installation - Wall Tile: 1. Over cementitious backer units install in accordance with TCA Handbook

Method W244, using membrane at toilet rooms, and W223, organic adhesive.

Page 128: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Tiling 09 30 00 - 6

3.5 CLEANING

A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution Requirements: Final cleaning.

B. Clean tile and grout surfaces.

3.6 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED CONSTRUCTION

A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution Requirements: Protecting installed construction.

END OF SECTION

Page 129: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Painting and Coating 09 90 00 - 1

SECTION 09 90 00 - PAINTING AND COATING

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section includes surface preparation and field application of paints and other coatings.

1.2 REFERENCES

A. ASTM International: 1. ASTM D16 - Standard Terminology Relating to Paint, Varnish, Lacquer, and

Related Products. 2. ASTM D4442 - Standard Test Methods for Direct Moisture Content

Measurement of Wood and Wood-Base Materials. 3. ASTM E84 - Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of

Building Materials.

B. Green Seal: 1. GC-03 - Anti-Corrosive Paints. 2. GS-11 - Product Specific Environmental Requirements.

C. National Fire Protection Association: 1. NFPA 255 - Standard Method of Test of Surface Burning Characteristics of

Building Materials.

D. Painting and Decorating Contractors of America: 1. PDCA - Architectural Painting Specification Manual.

E. South Coast Air Quality Management District: 1. SCAQMD Rule 1113 - Architectural Coatings.

F. SSPC: The Society for Protective Coatings: 1. SSPC - Steel Structures Painting Manual.

G. Underwriters Laboratories Inc.: 1. UL 723 - Tests for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Conform to ASTM D16 for interpretation of terms used in this section.

Page 130: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Painting and Coating 09 90 00 - 2

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Section 01 33 00 - Submittal Procedures: Submittal procedures.

B. Product Data: Submit data on finishing products and special coatings.

C. Samples: 1. Submit two paper chip samples illustrating full range of colors available for each

surface finishing product scheduled.

D. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Submit special surface preparation procedures, and substrate conditions requiring special attention.

1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Closeout procedures.

B. Operation and Maintenance Data: Submit data on cleaning, touch-up, and repair of painted and coated surfaces.

1.6 QUALIFICATIONS

A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience.

B. Applicator: Company specializing in performing Work of this section with minimum three years documented experience and approved by manufacturer.

1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements: Product storage and handling requirements.

B. Deliver products to site in sealed and labeled containers; inspect to verify acceptability.

C. Container Label: Include manufacturer's name, type of paint, brand name, lot number, brand code, coverage, surface preparation, drying time, cleanup requirements, color designation, and instructions for mixing and reducing.

D. Paint Materials: Store at minimum ambient temperature of 45 degrees F and maximum of 90 degrees F, in ventilated area, and as required by manufacturer's instructions.

1.8 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS

A. Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.

B. Do not apply materials when surface and ambient temperatures are outside temperature ranges required by paint product manufacturer.

Page 131: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Painting and Coating 09 90 00 - 3

C. Minimum Application Temperatures for Latex Paints: 45 degrees F for interiors; 50 degrees F for exterior; unless required otherwise by manufacturer's instructions.

D. Provide lighting level of 80 foot candle measured mid-height at substrate surface.

1.9 SEQUENCING

A. Section 01 10 00 - Summary: Work sequence.

B. Verify existing conditions and requirements of other trades before starting Work.

C. Sequence application to the following: 1. Do not apply finish coats until paintable sealant is applied. 2. Back prime wood trim before installation of trim.

1.10 WARRANTY

A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Product warranties and product bonds.

B. Furnish five-year manufacturer warranty for paints and coatings.

1.11 EXTRA MATERIALS

A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Spare parts and maintenance products.

B. Supply 1 gallon of each color, type, and surface texture; store where directed by Owner.

C. Label container with color, type, and room locations, in addition to manufacturer's label.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 PAINTS AND COATINGS

A. Manufacturers: 1. The Glidden Co. 2. MAB Paints. 3. Benjamin Moore. 4. Sherwin-Williams. 5. Pittsburg Paints. 6. Substitutions: Not permitted.

2.2 COMPONENTS

A. Coatings: Ready mixed, except field catalyzed coatings. Prepare coatings: 1. To soft paste consistency, capable of being readily and uniformly dispersed to

homogeneous coating. 2. For good flow and brushing properties. 3. Capable of drying or curing free of streaks or sags.

Page 132: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Painting and Coating 09 90 00 - 4

B. Accessory Materials: Linseed oil, shellac, turpentine, paint thinners and other materials not specifically indicated but required to achieve finishes specified; commercial quality.

C. Patching Materials: Latex filler.

D. Fastener Head Cover Materials: Latex filler.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Verify surfaces and substrate conditions are ready to receive Work as instructed by product manufacturer.

B. Examine surfaces scheduled to be finished prior to commencement of Work. Report conditions capable of affecting proper application.

C. Test shop applied primer for compatibility with subsequent cover materials.

D. Measure moisture content of surfaces using electronic moisture meter. Do not apply finishes unless moisture content of surfaces are below the following maximums: 1. Plaster and Gypsum Wallboard: 12 percent. 2. Masonry, Concrete and Concrete Unit Masonry: 12 percent.

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for application preparation.

B. Prepare coatings as follows: 1. To soft paste consistency, capable of being readily and uniformly dispersed to homogeneous coating. 2. For smooth flow and brushing properties.

C. Surface Appurtenances: Remove electrical plates, hardware, light fixture trim, escutcheons, and fittings prior to preparing surfaces or finishing.

D. Surfaces: Correct defects and clean surfaces capable of affecting Work of this section. Remove or repair existing coatings exhibiting surface defects.

E. Defects: 1. Correct defects and clean surfaces capable of affecting Work of this Section. 2. Remove or repair existing coatings exhibiting surface defects.

F. Marks: Seal with shellac those which may bleed through surface finishes.

G. Impervious Surfaces: Remove mildew by scrubbing with solution of tri-sodium phosphate and bleach. Rinse with clean water and allow surface to dry.

Page 133: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Painting and Coating 09 90 00 - 5

H. Insulated Coverings: Remove dirt, grease, and oil from canvas and cotton.

I. Gypsum Board Surfaces: Fill minor defects with filler compound. Spot prime defects after repair.

J. Galvanized Surfaces: Remove surface contamination and oils and wash with solvent. Apply coat of etching primer.

K. Concrete and Unit Masonry Surfaces Scheduled to Receive Paint Finish: Remove dirt, loose mortar, scale, salt or alkali powder, and other foreign matter. Remove oil and grease with solution of tri-sodium phosphate; rinse well and allow to dry. Remove stains caused by weathering of corroding metals with solution of sodium metasilicate after thoroughly wetting with water. Allow to dry.

L. Plaster Surfaces: 1. Fill hairline cracks, small holes, and imperfections with latex patching plaster. 2. Make smooth and flush with adjacent surfaces. 3. Wash and neutralize high-alkali surfaces.

M. Shop Primed Steel Surfaces: Sand and scrape to remove loose primer and rust. Feather edges to make touch-up patches inconspicuous. Clean surfaces with solvent. Prime bare steel surfaces.

N. Uncoated Steel and Iron Surfaces: Remove grease, mill scale, weld splatter, dirt, and rust. Where heavy coatings of scale are evident, remove by hand wire brushing or sandblasting; clean by washing with solvent. Apply treatment of phosphoric acid solution, ensuring weld joints, bolts, and nuts are similarly cleaned. Spot prime paint after repairs.

O. Metal Doors Scheduled for Painting: Prime metal door top and bottom edge surfaces.

P. Existing Work: 1. Extend existing paint and coatings installations using materials and methods

compatible with existing installations and as specified.

3.3 APPLICATION

A. Multiple colors shall be selected and accent walls shall be a component of the Project.

B. Comply with MPI - Architectural Painting Manual.

C. Do not apply finishes to surfaces that are not dry.

D. Allow applied coats to dry before next coat is applied.

E. Apply each coat to uniform appearance.

F. Apply each coat of paint slightly darker than preceding coat unless specified otherwise.

G. Sand wood and metal surfaces lightly between coats to achieve required finish.

Page 134: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Painting and Coating 09 90 00 - 6

H. Cleaning: 1. Vacuum surfaces to remove loose particles. 2. Use tack cloth to remove dust and particles just prior to applying next coat.

I. Fillers: 1. If clear finishes are required, tint fillers to match wood. 2. Work fillers into grain before set, and wipe excess from surface.

J. Concealed Surfaces: 1. Prime concealed surfaces of interior woodwork with primer paint. 2. Prime concealed surfaces of interior wood surfaces scheduled to receive stain or

varnish finish with gloss varnish reduced 25 percent with thinner.

K. Finishing Mechanical And Electrical Equipment: 1. Refer to Division 22, Division 23, and Division 26 for schedule of color-coding

and identification banding of equipment, ductwork, piping, and conduit. 2. Paint shop primed equipment. 3. Remove unfinished louvers, grilles, covers, and access panels on mechanical and

electrical components and paint separately. 4. Prime and paint insulated and exposed pipes, conduit, boxes, insulated and

exposed ducts, hangers, brackets, collars and supports, except where items are shop finished.

5. Paint interior surfaces of air ducts visible through grilles and louvers with one coat of flat black paint to visible surfaces. Paint dampers exposed behind louvers, and grilles to match face panels.

6. Paint exposed conduit and electrical equipment occurring in finished areas. 7. Paint both sides and edges of plywood backboards for electrical and telephone

equipment before installing equipment. 8. Reinstall electrical cover plates, hardware, light fixture trim, escutcheons, and

fittings removed prior to finishing.

3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Field inspecting, testing, adjusting, and balancing.

B. Inspect and test questionable coated areas.

3.5 CLEANING

A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Final cleaning.

B. Collect waste material which may constitute fire hazard, place in closed metal containers, and remove daily from site.

Page 135: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Painting and Coating 09 90 00 - 7

3.6 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED CONSTRUCTION

A. Protect Work of other trades and surfaces not being painted.

B. Automatic fire sprinklers must not be painted and must be protected from paint over spray. Any sprinklers inadvertently painted must be replaced rather than cleaned.

C. Protect completed Work from damage by other trades.

3.7 SCHEDULE - INTERIOR SURFACES

A. Steel: 1. One coat SW Pro Industrial Pro-Cryl Primer; B66-310 or approved equal.

a. Two to four mils dry. 2. Two coats SW ProMar 200 Alkyd Semi-Gloss; B34W200 or approved equal.

a. Four mils wet, 1.7 mils dry.

B. Steel - Galvanized: 1. One coat SW Pro Industrial Pro-Cryl Primer; B66-310 or approved equal.

a. Two to four mils dry. 2. Two coats SW ProMar 200 Alkyd Semi-Gloss; B34W200 or approved equal.

a. Four mils wet, 1.7 mils dry per coat.

D. Gypsum Board Ceilings: 1. One coat SW PrepRite 200 Latex Primer; B28W200 or approved equal.

a. Four mils wet, 1.2 mils dry. 2. Two coats SW ProMar 200 Latex Semi-Gloss; B300W200 or approved equal.

a. Four mils wet, 1.4 mils dry per coat.

C. Gypsum Board Walls: 1. One coat SW PrepRite 200 Latex Primer; B28W200 or approved equal.

a. Four mils wet, 1.2 mils dry. 2. Two coats SW ProMar 200 Latex Semi-Gloss; B300W200 or approved equal.

a. Four mils wet, 1.4 mils dry per coat.

D. Concrete Block: 1. One coat SW Heavy Duty Block Filler; B42W46 or approved equal.

a. 75 to 125 square feet per gallon. 2. Two coats SW Water Based Catalyzed Epoxy; B70 or approved equal.

a. Four mils wet, 1.4 mils dry per coat.

END OF SECTION

Page 136: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after
Page 137: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Signage 10 14 00 - 1

SECTION 10 14 00 - SIGNAGE

1. GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section includes interior signs.

1.2 SUBMITTALS

A. Section 01 33 00 - Submittal Procedures: Submittal procedures.

B. Shop Drawings: Indicate sign styles, lettering font, foreground and background colors, locations, overall dimensions of each sign.

C. Samples: Submit two full size signs illustrating type, style, letter font, and colors specified; method of attachment.

D. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Submit installation template and attachment devices.

1.3 QUALIFICATIONS

A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing Products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience.

1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements: Product storage and handling requirements.

B. Package signs, labeled in name groups.

C. Store adhesive attachment tape at ambient room temperatures.

1.5 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS

A. Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements: Environmental conditions affecting products on site.

B. Do not install signs when ambient temperature is lower than recommended by manufacturer.

C. Maintain this minimum temperature during and after installation of signs.

Page 138: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Signage 10 14 00 - 2

2. PRODUCTS

2.1 INTERIOR SIGNS

A. Manufacturers: 1. InPro Corporation. 2. APCO Graphics. 3. ASI Sign Systems. 4. Graphic Specialties, Inc. 5. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 – Product Requirements.

2.2 COMPONENTS

A. ADA compliant signs will consist of polyester based photopolymer, photoexposed and processed to achieve raised letters and Braille. Photopolymer is then laminated to an acrylic back plate as required by the sign type. Copy color is to be applied by silk-screening or hot-stamping. Raised lettering and Braille are to be integral with the sign face. Glued-on Braille strips or engraving to achieve raised letters and Braille is not acceptable: 1. Raised Characters:

a. Thickness: Raised characters shall be 1/32 inch minimum above their background. b. Style: Characters shall be sans serif. Characters shall not be italic, oblique, script,

highly decorative, or of other unusual form. c. Character Proportions: Characters shall be selected from font where the width of the

uppercase letter “O” is 55 percent minimum and 110 percent maximum of the height of the uppercase letter “I”.

d. Character Height: Character height measured vertically from the baseline of the character shall be 5/8 inch minimum and 2 inches maximum based on the height of the uppercase letter “I”.

e. Stroke Thickness: Stroke thickness of the uppercase letter “I” shall be 15 percent maximum of the height of the character.

f. Character Spacing: Character spacing shall be measured between the two closest points of adjacent raised characters within a message, excluding word spaces. Where characters have rectangular cross sections, spacing between individual raised characters shall be 1/8 inch minimum and 4 times the raised character stroke width maximum. Where characters have other cross sections, spacing between individual raised characters shall be 1/16 inch minimum and 4 times the raised character stroke width maximum at the base of the cross sections, and 1/8 inch minimum and 4 times the raised character stroke width maximum at the top of the cross sections. Characters shall be separated from raised borders and decorative elements 3/8 inch minimum.

g. Line Spacing: Spacing between the baselines of separate lines of raised characters within a message shall be 135 percent minimum and 170 percent maximum of the raised character height.

2. Braille: a. Braille shall be contracted, Grade 2. b. Dimensions and Capitalization: Braille dots shall have a domed or rounded shape. The

indicated on an uppercase letter or letters shall only be used before the first word of sentences, proper nouns and names, individual letters of the alphabet, initials and acronyms.

Page 139: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Signage 10 14 00 - 3

c. Position: Braille shall be positioned below the corresponding text. If text is multi-lines, Braille shall be placed below the entire text. Braille shall be separated 3/8 inch minimum from any other tactile characters and 3/8 inch minimum from raised borders and decorative elements.

3. Pictogram Field: Pictograms and symbols of accessibility shall have a field height of 6 inches minimum. Characters and Braille shall not be located in the pictogram field. a. Finish and Contrast: Pictograms and symbols of accessibility shall have a non-glare

finish. Pictograms and symbols of accessibility shall contract with their field with either a light pictogram on a dark field or a dark pictogram on a light field.

b. Text Descriptors: Pictograms shall have text descriptors located directly below the pictogram field.

2.3 FINISHES

A. Paints: Background color shall be applied, via spray application, over entire ADA (photopolymer) portion of plaque using air-dried polyurethane. Spraying copy color first followed by floor coating is prohibited. Roller coated copy is not acceptable.

B. Finishes: Background and copy finish shall be clean, sharp and free of airborne debris and “orange peel” texture.

C. Topcoat: Entire plaque shall be spray top coated with a clear matte urethane to protect the surface painted surface.

2.4 ACCESSORIES

A. Tape Adhesive: Double sided tape, permanent adhesive.

3. EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for installation examination.

B. Ensure surfaces are ready for sign installation.

3.2 INSTALLATION

A. Install signs after surfaces are finished, in locations indicated on Drawings and as directed by Architect/Engineer.

B. Locate sign on wall surface, level.

Page 140: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Signage 10 14 00 - 4

C. Installation Location: 1. Tactile characters on signs shall be located 48 inches minimum and 60 inches maximum

above the finish floor surface, measured from the baseline of the lowest tactile character 2. Locate signs containing tactile letters alongside the door at the latch side of single doors. 3. Locate signs containing tactile letters on the inactive leaf of double doors. 4. Locate signs containing tactile letters to the right side of double doors with two active leafs. 5. Position sign containing tactile letters so that a clear floor space of 18 inches minimum by 18

inches minimum, centered on the tactile characters, is provided beyond the arc of any door swing between the closed position and 45 degree open position.

END OF SECTION

Page 141: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Plastic Toilet Compartments 10 21 15 - 1

SECTION 10 21 15

PLASTIC TOILET COMPARTMENTS

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section includes solid plastic toilet compartments.

B. Related Sections: 1. Section 06 10 53 – Miscellaneous Rough Carpentry: Concealed wood framing and blocking

for compartment support. 2. Section 10 28 00 - Toilet, Bath, and Laundry Accessories.

1.2 REFERENCES

A. ASTM International (ASTM): 1. ASTM A 240 - Standard Specification for Chromium and Chromium-Nickel Stainless Steel

Plate, Sheet, and Strip for Pressure Vessels and for General Applications. 2. ASTM A 666 - Standard Specification for Annealed or Cold-Worked Austenitic Stainless

Steel Sheet, Strip, Plate, and Flat Bar. 3. ASTM A 743/A 743M - Standard Specification for Castings, Iron-Chromium, Iron-

Chromium-Nickel, Corrosion Resistant, for General Application. 4. ASTM B 86 - Standard Specification for Zinc and Zinc-Aluminum (ZA) Alloy Foundry and

Die Castings. 5. ASTM B 221 - Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods,

Wire, Profiles, and Tubes. 6. ASTM E 84 - Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building

Materials.

B. International Code Council (ICC)/American National Standards Institute (ANSI): 1. ICC/ANSI A117.1 - Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities, as applicable to toilet

compartments designated as accessible.

C. National Fire Protection Agency: 1. NPFA 286 – Standard Methods of Fire Tests for Evaluating Contribution of Wall and

Ceiling Interior Finish to Room Fire Growth.

D. 2018 Illinois Accessibility Code.

E. United States Department of Justice: 1. ADA - Americans with Disabilities Act, Excerpt from 28 CFR Part 36 - ADA Standards for

Accessible Design.

Page 142: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Plastic Toilet Compartments 10 21 15 - 2

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Section 01 33 00 - Submittal Procedures: Submittal procedures.

B. Shop Drawings: Indicate partition plan, elevation views, section views, dimensions, details of wall and floor supports, door swings and attachment details. Show centerline of plumbing fixtures. Include choice of options with details.

C. Product Data: Manufacturer’s data sheets on each product to be used, including: 1. Preparation instructions and recommendations. 2. Storage and handling requirements and recommendations. 3. Installation methods.

D. Warranty: Submit sample of warranty.

E. Samples: Submit two 2x2 inch in size illustrating panel finish, color, and sheen for color selection. Submit samples of hardware and accessories if material and color selection is required.

F. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Submit special procedures and perimeter conditions requiring special attention.

1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

A. Maintenance and cleaning instructions.

1.5 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS

A. Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents and source. 1. Door Hinges: One hinge with associated fasteners. 2. Latch and Keeper: One latch and keeper with associated fasteners. 3. Door Bumper: One bumper with associated fasteners. 4. Door Pull: One door pull with associated fasteners.

1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS

A. Field Measurements: Verify actual locations of toilet fixtures, walls, columns, ceilings, and other construction contiguous with toilet compartments by field measurements before fabrication.

B. Maintain environmental conditions (temperature, humidity and ventilation) within limits recommended by manufacturer for optimal results. Do not install products under environmental conditions outside manufacturer’s absolute limits.

1.7 COORDINATION

A. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements: Coordination and project conditions.

B. Coordinate Work with placement of support framing and anchors in wall.

Page 143: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Plastic Toilet Compartments 10 21 15 - 3

1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

A. Store products in manufacturer’s unopened packaging until ready for installation. Store in an upright condition.

1.9 WARRANTY

A. Manufacturer guarantees its plastic against breakage, corrosion and delamination under normal conditions for a period of 15 years from the date of substantial completion.

1.10 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Approved manufacturer listed in this section, with minimum 5 years’ experience in the manufacture of toilet compartments. Manufacturers seeking approval must submit the following in accordance with Instructions to Bidders and Division 01 requirements: 1. Product data, including test data from qualified independent testing agency indicating

compliance with requirements. 2. Samples of each component of product specified. 3. List of successful installations of similar products available for evaluation by Architect /

Engineer.

B. Installers Qualifications: Experienced Installer regularly engaged in installation of toilet compartments for minimum 3 years.

C. Source Limitations: Obtain toilet compartment components and accessories from single manufacturer.

D. Surface-Burning Characteristics: As determined by testing identical products according to ASTM E 84 by qualified testing agency. Identify products with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency.

E. Materials: Doors, panels and pilasters shall be constructed of High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) resins. Partitions shall be fabricated from polymer resins compounded under high pressure, forming a single component which is waterproof, nonabsorbent and has a self-lubricating surface that resists marks from pens, pencils, markers and other writing instruments. All plastic components shall be covered with a protective plastic masking.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 SOLID PLASTIC TOILET COMPARTMENTS

A. Manufacturers: 1. Bradley. 2. Columbia Partitions. 3. Accurate Partitions Corp. 4. Scranton Products.

B. Product Description: Floor mounted, overhead braced.

Page 144: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Plastic Toilet Compartments 10 21 15 - 4

2.2 COMPONENTS

A. Toilet Compartments: Solid, high-density polyethylene (HDPE) panel material, not less than 1 inch thick, seamless, with eased edges and with homogenous color and pattern throughout thickness of material. 1. Color: As selected by Architect / Engineer from manufacturer’s full color range. Color

selections may vary for each building and may vary for girl’s and boy’s toilet rooms. 2. Provide exposed surfaces free of pitting, visible seams and fabrication marks, stains or other

imperfections. 3. Provide aluminum heat sink at bottom edge of panels and doors.

B. Door and Panel Dimensions: 1. Door Width: 24 inch. 2. Accessible Door Width: 36 inch, out-swinging. 3. Ambulatory Accessible Door Width: 34 inch, out-swinging. 4. Height: 55 to 58 inches, unless noted otherwise on Drawings.

2.3 MATERIALS

A. Stainless Steel Sheet: ASTM A 240 or A 666, Type 304.

B. Stainless Steel Castings: ASTM A 743 or ASTM A 167, Type 304.

C. Aluminum: ASTM B 221 or ASTM 6463-T5 alloy.

D. Aluminum Castings: ASTM B 26.

2.4 ACCESSORIES

A. Pilaster Shoe: Formed of solid plastic of color to match partition or 20 gage Type 305 stainless steel, 3 to 4 inches high, concealing floor fastenings. Provide adjustment for floor variations with screw jack through steel saddles integral with pilaster.

B. Head Rails shall be made of heavy-duty extruded aluminum (6463-T5 alloy) with anti-grip design. The headrail shall have a clear anodized finish and shall be fastened to the headrail bracket by a stainless steel tamper resistant sex bolt, and fastened at the top of the pilaster with stainless steel tamper resistant screws. 1. Headrail brackets shall be 20 gauge stainless steel with a satin finish and secured to the wall

with a stainless steel tamper resistant screws.

C. Wall Brackets: Full height, continuous stainless steel channel.

D. Anchorage and Fasteners: Manufacturer's standard exposed fasteners of stainless steel, finished to match the items they are securing, with theft-resistant-type heads. Provide sex-type bolts for through-bolt applications. For concealed anchors, use stainless steel, hot-dip galvanized-steel, or other rust-resistant, protective-coated steel compatible with related materials.

Page 145: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Plastic Toilet Compartments 10 21 15 - 5

E. Hardware: Heavy duty extruded aluminum (6463-T5 alloy): 1. Hinges: Manufacturer's minimum 0.0781 inch thick stainless steel continuous, cam type that

swings to a closed or partially open position, allowing emergency access by lifting door. Mount with through-bolts.

2. Latch and Keeper: Manufacturer's heavy-duty surface-mounted cast stainless steel latch unit designed to resist damage due to slamming, with combination rubber-faced door strike and keeper, and with provision for emergency access. Provide units that comply with regulatory requirements for accessibility at compartments designated as accessible. Mount with through-bolts.

3. Coat Hook: Manufacturer's heavy-duty combination cast stainless steel hook and rubber-tipped bumper, sized to prevent in-swinging door from hitting compartment-mounted accessories. Mount with through-bolts.

4. Door Bumper: Manufacturer's heavy-duty rubber-tipped cast stainless steel bumper at out-swinging doors. Mount with through-bolts.

5. Door Pull: Manufacturer's heavy-duty cast stainless steel pull at out-swinging doors that complies with regulatory requirements for accessibility. Provide units on both sides of doors at compartments designated as accessible. Mount with through-bolts.

2.5 FABRICATION

A. Fabrication, General: Fabricate toilet compartment components to sizes indicated. Coordinate requirements and provide cutouts for through-partition toilet accessories where required for attachment of toilet accessories.

B. Overhead Braced Units: Provide manufacturer's standard corrosion-resistant supports, leveling mechanism, and anchors at pilasters to suit floor conditions. Provide shoes at pilasters to conceal supports and leveling mechanism.

PART 3 EXECUTION

2.1 EXAMINATION

A. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements: Coordination and project conditions.

B. Do not begin installation until substrates have been properly prepared for compliance with requirements for fastening, support, alignment, operating clearances and other conditions affecting performance.

C. If substrate preparation is the responsibility of another installer, notify the Architect / Engineer of unsatisfactory preparation before proceeding.

D. Verify field measurements are as indicated on shop drawings and as instructed by manufacturer.

E. Verify correct spacing of and between plumbing fixtures.

F. Verify correct location of built-in framing, anchorage, and bracing.

Page 146: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Plastic Toilet Compartments 10 21 15 - 6

2.2 PREPARATION

A. Clean surfaces thoroughly prior to installation.

B. Prepare surfaces using methods recommended by the manufacturer for achieving the best result for the substrate under the project conditions.

2.3 INSTALLATION

A. General: Comply with manufacturer's written installation instructions. Install units rigid, straight, level, and plumb. Secure units in position with manufacturer's recommended anchoring devices. 1. Maximum Clearances:

a. Pilaster and Panels: ½ inch. b. Panels and Walls: 1 inch.

2. Full Height (Continuous) Brackets: Secure panels to walls and to pilasters with full-height brackets. a. Located bracket fasteners so holes for wall anchors occur in masonry or tile joints.

B. No evidence of cutting, drilling and / or patching shall be visible on the finished Work. Replace damaged or scratched materials with new materials.

C. Overhead Braced Units: Secure pilasters to floor and level, plumb, and tighten. Set pilasters with anchors penetrating not less than 1-3/4 inches into structural floor unless otherwise indicated in manufacturer's written instructions. Secure continuous head rail to each pilaster with no fewer than two fasteners. Hang doors to align tops of doors with tops of panels, and adjust so tops of doors are parallel with overhead brace when doors are in closed position.

2.4 ERECTION TOLERANCES

A. Section 01 40 00 - Quality Requirements: Tolerances.

B. Maximum Variation From Indicated Position: ¼ inch.

C. Maximum Variation From Plumb: 1/8 inch.

2.5 ADJUSTING

A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Testing, adjusting, and balancing.

B. Hardware Adjustment: Adjust and lubricate hardware according to hardware manufacturer's written instructions for proper operation. Set hinges on in-swinging doors to hold doors open approximately 15 degrees from closed position when unlatched. Set hinges on out-swinging doors to return doors to fully closed position.

C. Adjust adjacent components for consistency of line or plane.

Page 147: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Plastic Toilet Compartments 10 21 15 - 7

2.6 PROTECTION

A. Protect installed products until completion of project.

B. Touch-up, repair or replace damaged products before Substantial Completion.

2.7 FINAL CLEANING

A. Remove packaging and construction debris and legally dispose of off-site.

B. Clean partition and screen surfaces with materials and cleansers in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.

END OF SECTION

Page 148: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after
Page 149: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Toilet, Bath, and Laundry Accessories 10 28 00 - 1

SECTION 10 28 00 - TOILET, BATH, AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section includes toilet accessories.

B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 10 21 15 - Plastic Toilet Compartments.

1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS

A. ASTM International: 1. ASTM A123 - Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and

Steel Products. 2. ASTM A153 - Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot Dip) on Iron and Steel

Hardware. 3. ASTM A269 - Standard Specification for Seamless and Welded Austenitic Stainless Steel

Tubing for General Service. 4. ASTM A653 - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc Iron

Alloy Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot Dip Process. 5. ASTM A666 - Standard Specification for Annealed or Cold Worked Austenitic Stainless

Steel Sheet, Strip, Plate, and Flat Bar. 6. ASTM B456 - Standard Specification for Electrodeposited Coatings of Copper Plus Nickel

Plus Chromium and Nickel Plus Chromium. 7. ASTM C1036 - Standard Specification for Flat Glass.

B. California Department of Health Services: 1. CA/DHS/EHLB/R-174 - Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic Emissions

from Various Sources Using Small-Scale Environmental Chambers.

C. South Coast Air Quality Management District: 1. SCAQMD Rule 1168 - Adhesive and Sealant Applications.

1.3 COORDINATION

A. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements: Requirements for coordination.

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Section 01 33 00 - Submittal Procedures Requirements for submittals.

B. Product Data: Submit data on accessories, describing size, finish, details of function, and attachment methods.

C. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that products meet or exceed specified requirements.

Page 150: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Toilet, Bath, and Laundry Accessories 10 28 00 - 2

D. Manufacturer's Instructions: Submit special installation procedures, conditions requiring special attention.

E. Qualifications Statements: 1. Submit qualifications for manufacturer and installer.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Flame-Resistant Fabric: Passes when tested according to NFPA 701, Test 1 or Test 2.

1.6 QUALIFICATIONS

A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this Section with minimum three years' documented experience.

B. Installer: Company specializing in performing Work of this Section with minimum three years' documented experience and approved by manufacturer.

1.7 WARRANTY

A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for warranties.

B. Furnish fifteen -year manufacturer's warranty for mirror glass and stainless steel mirror frames.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES

A. Manufacturer List: 1. Bradley Corporation. 2. Substitutions: Not permitted.

2.2 MATERIALS

A. Accessories: Shop assembled, free of dents and scratches, and packaged complete with anchors and fittings, steel anchor plates, adapters, and anchor components for installation. 1. Grind weld joints smooth. 2. Fabricate units made of metal sheet of seamless sheets with flat surfaces.

B. Keys: Furnish two keys for each keyed accessory to Owner.

C. Stainless Steel Sheet: ASTM A666, Type 304.

D. Stainless Steel Tubing: ASTM A269, Type 304 stainless steel.

E. Galvanized Sheet Steel: ASTM A653, G90 zinc coating.

F. Mirror Glass (Type MR-F): ASTM C1036, Type 1 transparent flat, Class 1 clear, Quality Q1 mirror select; type with copper and silver coating, and organic overcoating.

Page 151: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Toilet, Bath, and Laundry Accessories 10 28 00 - 3

G. Adhesive: Two-component epoxy type, waterproof.

H. Fasteners, Screws, and Bolts: Hot-dip galvanized, tamper-proof.

I. Expansion Shields: Fiber, lead, or rubber as recommended by accessory manufacturer for component and substrate.

2.3 FINISHES

A. Stainless Steel: No. 4 satin brushed finish.

B. Chrome/Nickel Plating: ASTM B456, Type SC 2, satin finish.

C. Galvanizing: ASTM A123; hot-dip galvanize after fabrication.

D. Galvanizing for Nuts, Bolts, and Washers: ASTM A153.

E. Shop-Primed Ferrous Metals: Pretreat and clean, spray apply one coat primer and bake.

F. Back paint components where contact is made with building finishes to prevent electrolysis.

2.4 TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES

A. Types of accessories required are listed in schedule located on Drawings.

B. Mirrors: Stainless-steel-framed, 6-mm-thick tempered glass mirror. 1. Size: 24 by 60 inches and 18 by 30 inches as indicated on Drawings. 2. Frame: 0.05 in channel shapes, with mitered, welded, and ground corners, and tamper-proof

hanging system; No.4 finish. 3. Backing: Full mirror sized, minimum 0.03 in galvanized steel sheet and nonabsorptive filler.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements: Requirements for installation examination.

B. Verify exact location of accessories for installation.

C. Verify field measurements and rough-in dimensions for recessed accessories are as indicated on product data.

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for installation preparation.

B. Deliver inserts and rough-in frames to Site for timely installation.

C. Provide templates and rough-in measurements as required.

Page 152: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Toilet, Bath, and Laundry Accessories 10 28 00 - 4

3.3 INSTALLATION

A. Do not install accessories until after completion of all finishes to adjacent wall and ceiling surfaces.

B. Install plumb and level, securely and rigidly anchored to substrate.

C. Turn over to Owner all keys and special tools required for lockable or secured accessories.

D. Mounting Heights and Locations: As indicated on Drawings.

3.4 REPAIR

A. Clean and repair existing toilet accessories that remain or are to be reinstalled.

3.5 CLEANING

A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for cleaning.

B. Clean mirrors and exposed surfaces using procedures as recommended by accessory manufacturer.

3.6 SCHEDULES

A. Toilet Tissue Dispenser: 1. Bradley: Model 5402.

B. Towel Dispenser: 1. Provided by Owner and installed by Contractor.

C. Soap Dispenser: 1. Provided by Owner and installed by Contractor.

C. Framed Mirror, 24 x 60 inches and 18 x 30 inches x ¼ inch tempered glass: 1. Bradley: Model 781-2460-2. 2. Bradley: Model 780.

D. Grab Bars, length as indicated on Drawings. 1. Bradley: Model 812.

E. Sanitary Napkin Disposal, surface mounted: 1. Bradley: Model 4781-15.

END OF SECTION

Page 153: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment 22 05 53 - 1

SECTION 22 05 53 - IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes: 1. Nameplates. 2. Tags. 3. Stencils. 4. Pipe markers. 5. Labels. 6. Lockout devices.

B. Related Sections: 1. Section 09 90 00 - Painting and Coating: Execution requirements for painting

specified by this section.

1.2 REFERENCES

A. American Society of Mechanical Engineers: 1. ASME A13.1 - Scheme for the Identification of Piping Systems.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Section 01 33 00 - Submittal Procedures: Submittal procedures.

B. Product Data: Submit manufacturers catalog literature for each product required.

C. Shop Drawings: Submit list of wording, symbols, letter size, and color coding for mechanical identification and valve chart and schedule, including valve tag number, location, function, and valve manufacturer's name and model number.

D. Samples: Submit two tags, labels, and pipe markers used on project.

E. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate installation instructions, special procedures, and installation.

F. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify products meet or exceed specified requirements.

1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements Closeout procedures.

B. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of tagged valves; include valve tag numbers.

Page 154: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment 22 05 53 - 2

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Conform to ASME A13.1 for color scheme for identification of piping systems and accessories.

B. Maintain one copy of each document on site.

1.6 QUALIFICATIONS

A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience.

B. Installer: Company specializing in performing Work of this section with minimum three years experience.

1.7 PRE-INSTALLATION MEETINGS

A. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements: Pre-installation meeting.

1.8 FIELD MEASUREMENTS

A. Verify field measurements prior to fabrication.

1.9 EXTRA MATERIALS

A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Spare parts and maintenance products.

B. Furnish two containers of each type of adhesive used on this project.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 GENERAL

A. Manufacturers: 1. Craftmark Identification Systems. 2. Marking Services Inc. (800-234-0135) 3. Safety Sign Co. 4. Seton Identification Products. 5. Substitutions: Section 01600 - Product Requirements.

2.2 NAMEPLATES

A. Product Description: Laminated three-layer plastic with engraved white letters on dark, contrasting background color.

Page 155: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment 22 05 53 - 3

2.3 TAGS

A. Plastic Tags: 1. Laminated three-layer plastic with engraved white letters on dark, contrasting

background color. Tag size minimum 1-1/2 inches diameter or square.

B. Metal Tags: 1. Brass or Stainless Steel with stamped letters; tag size minimum 1-1/2 inches

diameter or square, with finished edges.

C. Information Tags: 1. Clear plastic with printed "Danger," "Caution," or "Warning" and message; size

3-1/4 x 5-5/8 inches with grommet and self-locking nylon ties.

D. Tag Chart: Typewritten letter size, plastic laminated list of applied tags and location in anodized aluminum frame.

2.4 STENCILS

A. Stencils: With clean cut symbols and letters of following size: 1. Up to 2 inches Outside Diameter of Insulation or Pipe: 1/2 inch high letters. 2. 2-1/2 to 6 inches Outside Diameter of Insulation or Pipe: 1-inch high letters. 3. Over 6 inches Outside Diameter of Insulation or Pipe: 1-3/4 inches high letters. 4. Ductwork and Equipment: 1-3/4 inches high letters.

B. Stencil Paint: As specified in Section 09 90 00, semi-gloss enamel, colors and lettering size conforming to ASME A13.1.

2.5 PIPE MARKERS

A. Color and Lettering: Conform to ASME A13.1.

B. Plastic Pipe Markers: 1. Factory fabricated, flexible, semi-rigid plastic, preformed to fit around pipe or

pipe covering. Larger sizes may have maximum sheet size with spring fastener.

C. Plastic Tape Pipe Markers: 1. Flexible, vinyl film tape with pressure sensitive adhesive backing and printed

markings.

D. Trace Wire: Magnetic detectable conductor, brightly colored plastic covering, imprinted with type of service in large letters.

E. Underground Pipe Markers: 1. Ribbon Tape laminated with metal: Brightly colored, continuously printed with

type of piping service in large letters, minimum 6 inches wide by 4 mil thick, capable of above grade magnetic location, manufactured for direct burial service.

Page 156: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment 22 05 53 - 4

2.6 LABELS

A. Description: Aluminum or Laminated Mylar, size 1.9 x 0.75 inches, adhesive backed with printed identification.

2.7 LOCKOUT DEVICES

A. Lockout Hasps: 1. Anodized aluminum or Reinforced nylon hasp with erasable label surface; size

minimum 7-1/4 x 3 inches.

B. Valve Lockout Devices: 1. Nylon or Steel device preventing access to valve operator, accepting lock

shackle.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 PREPARATION

A. Degrease and clean surfaces to receive adhesive for identification materials.

B. Prepare surfaces in accordance with Section 09 90 00 for stencil painting.

3.2 INSTALLATION

A. Apply stencil painting in accordance with Section 09 90 00.

B. Install identifying devices after completion of coverings and painting.

C. Install plastic nameplates with corrosive-resistant mechanical fasteners, or adhesive.

D. Install labels with sufficient adhesive for permanent adhesion and seal with clear lacquer. For unfinished canvas covering, apply paint primer before applying labels.

E. Install tags using corrosion resistant chain. Number tags consecutively by location.

F. Install underground plastic pipe markers 6 to 8 inches below finished grade, directly above buried pipe.

G. Identify water heaters, pumps, and tanks with plastic nameplates. Identify valves, in-line pumps and other small devices with metallic tags.

H. Identify control panels and major control components outside panels with plastic nameplates.

I. Identify valves in main and branch piping with metallic tags.

J. Identify piping, concealed or exposed, with plastic pipe markers, plastic tape pipe markers or stencils as scheduled. Use tags on piping 3/4 inch diameter and smaller.

Page 157: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment 22 05 53 - 5

K. Identify service, flow direction, and pressure. Install in clear view and align with axis of piping. Locate identification not to exceed 20 feet on straight runs including risers and drops, adjacent to each valve and tee, at each side of penetration of structure or enclosure, and at each obstruction.

L. Provide ceiling tacks to locate valves above T-bar type panel ceilings. Locate in corner of panel closest to equipment.

3.3 SCHEDULES

A. Identification: 1. Domestic Cold Water Piping.

a. Identification Type: Tape b. Background Color: Green c. Lettering Size: Varies d. Lettering Color: White

2. Domestic Hot Water. a. Identification Type: Tape b. Background Color: Yellow c. Lettering Size: Varies d. Lettering Color: Black

B. Valve Tags: 1. Domestic Cold Water.

a. Tag Material: Metal b. Tag Shape: Round c. Tag Color: N/A

2. Domestic Hot Water. a. Tag Material: Metal b. Tag Shape: Round c. Tag Color: N/A

END OF SECTION

Page 158: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after
Page 159: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Plumbing Insulation 22 07 00 - 1

SECTION 22 07 00 - PLUMBING INSULATION

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes: 1. Piping system insulation. 2. Equipment insulation. 3. Pipe insulation jackets. 4. Equipment insulation jackets. 5. Insulation accessories including vapor retarders and accessories.

B. Related Sections: 1. Section 07 84 00 - Firestopping: Product requirements for firestopping for

placement by this section. 2. Section 09 90 00 - Painting and Coating: Execution requirements for painting

insulation jackets and covering specified by this section. 3. Section 22 05 53 - Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment: Product

requirements for plumbing piping and equipment identification.

1.2 REFERENCES

A. ASTM International: 1. ASTM A167 - Standard Specification for Stainless and Heat-Resisting

Chromium-Nickel Steel Plate, Sheet, and Strip. 2. ASTM B209 - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet

and Plate. 3. ASTM C177 - Standard Test Method for Steady-State Heat Flux Measurements

and Thermal Transmission Properties by Means of the Guarded-Hot-Plate Apparatus.

4. ASTM C195 - Standard Specification for Mineral Fiber Thermal Insulating Cement.

5. ASTM C449/C449M - Standard Specification for Mineral Fiber Hydraulic-Setting Thermal Insulating and Finishing Cement.

6. ASTM C518 - Standard Test Method for Steady-State Heat Flux Measurements and Thermal Transmission Properties by Means of the Heat Flow Meter Apparatus.

7. ASTM C533 - Standard Specification for Calcium Silicate Block and Pipe Thermal Insulation.

8. ASTM C534 - Standard Specification for Preformed Flexible Elastomeric Cellular Thermal Insulation in Sheet and Tubular Form.

9. ASTM C547 - Standard Specification for Mineral Fiber Pipe Insulation. 10. ASTM C552 - Standard Specification for Cellular Glass Thermal Insulation. 11. ASTM C591 - Standard Specification for Unfaced Preformed Rigid Cellular

Polyisocyanurate Thermal Insulation. 12. ASTM C592 - Standard Specification for Mineral Fiber Blanket Insulation and

Blanket-Type Pipe Insulation (Metal-Mesh Covered) (Industrial Type).

Page 160: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Plumbing Insulation 22 07 00 - 2

13. ASTM C610 - Standard Specification for Molded Expanded Perlite Block and Pipe Thermal Insulation.

14. ASTM C612 - Standard Specification for Mineral Fiber Block and Board Thermal Insulation.

15. ASTM C795 - Standard Specification for Thermal Insulation for Use in Contact with Austenitic Stainless Steel.

16. ASTM C921 - Standard Practice for Determining the Properties of Jacketing Materials for Thermal Insulation.

17. ASTM C1126 - Standard Specification for Faced or Unfaced Rigid Cellular Phenolic Thermal Insulation.

18. ASTM C1136 - Standard Specification for Flexible, Low Permeance Vapor Retarders for Thermal Insulation.

19. ASTM C1290 - Standard Specification for Flexible Fibrous Glass Blanket Insulation Used to Externally Insulate HVAC Ducts.

20. ASTM D1784 - Standard Specification for Rigid Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Compounds and Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Compounds.

21. ASTM E84 - Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials.

22. ASTM E96 - Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Section 01 33 00 - Submittal Procedures: Submittal procedures.

B. Product Data: Submit product description, thermal characteristics and list of materials and thickness for each service, and location.

C. Samples: Submit two samples of representative size illustrating each insulation type.

D. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Submit manufacturers published literature indicating proper installation procedures.

E. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify products meet or exceed specified requirements.

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Test pipe insulation for maximum flame spread index of 25 and maximum smoke developed index of not exceeding 50 in accordance with ASTM E84.

1.5 QUALIFICATIONS

A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum five years documented experience.

B. Applicator: Company specializing in performing Work of this section with minimum three years documented experience.

1.6 PRE-INSTALLATION MEETINGS

A. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements: Pre-installation meeting.

Page 161: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Plumbing Insulation 22 07 00 - 3

1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements: Requirements for transporting, handling, storing, and protecting products.

B. Accept materials on site in original factory packaging, labeled with manufacturer's identification, including product density and thickness.

C. Protect insulation from weather and construction traffic, dirt, water, chemical, and damage, by storing in original wrapping.

1.8 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS

A. Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements: Environmental conditions affecting products on site.

B. Install insulation only when ambient temperature and humidity conditions are within range recommended by manufacturer.

C. Maintain temperature during and after installation for minimum period of 24 hours.

1.9 FIELD MEASUREMENTS

A. Verify field measurements prior to fabrication.

1.10 WARRANTY

A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Product warranties and product bonds.

B. Furnish five year manufacturer warranty for man made fiber.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 ELASTOMERIC CELLULAR FOAM

A. Manufacturers: 1. Armacell, AP/Armaflex sheet and tubular. 2. Nomaco, Nomalock and Nomaco sheet. 3. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.

B. Preformed Flexible Elastomeric Cellular Thermal Insulation in Sheet and Tubular form: ASTM C534; Type I, Tubular form.

C. ‘K’ factor: ASTM C177, max. 0.27 at 75 degrees F.

D. Conform to ASTM E84 with a flame spread of less than 25 and a smoke spread of less than 50.

Page 162: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Plumbing Insulation 22 07 00 - 4

E. Elastomeric Foam Adhesive: 1. Manufacturers: Same as insulation manufacturer. 2. Air dried, contact adhesive, compatible with insulation.

2.2 PIPE INSULATION AND EQUIPMENT JACKETS

A. PVC Plastic Pipe Jacket: 1. Manufacturers:

a. Johns Manville, Zeston 2000 b. Ceel-co. c. Proto. d. Manufacturer of insulation to be covered. e. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.

2. Product Description: ASTM D1784, One piece molded type fitting covers and sheet material, off-white color.

3. Thickness: 20 mil. 4. Connections: Brush on welding adhesive.

B. PVC Plastic Equipment Jacket: 1. Manufacturers:

a. Johns Manville, Zeston 2000 b. Ceel-co. c. Proto. d. Manufacturer of insulation to be covered. e. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.

2. Product Description: Sheet material, off-white color. 3. Minimum Service Temperature: -40 degrees F. 4. Maximum Service Temperature: 150 degrees F. 5. Moisture Vapor Transmission: ASTM E96; 0.002 perm-inches. 6. Thickness: 20 mil. 7. Connections: Brush on welding adhesive.

C. Covering Adhesive Mastic: 1. Compatible with insulation.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements: Coordination and project conditions.

B. Verify piping and equipment has been tested before applying insulation materials.

C. Verify surfaces are clean and dry, with foreign material removed.

Page 163: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Plumbing Insulation 22 07 00 - 5

3.2 INSTALLATION

A. Exposed Piping: Locate insulation and cover seams in least visible locations.

B. Insulated pipes conveying fluids below ambient temperature: Insulate entire system including fittings, valves, unions, flanges, strainers, flexible connections, pump bodies, and expansion joints.

C. For hot piping conveying fluids over 140 degrees F, insulate flanges and unions at equipment.

D. Inserts and Shields: 1. Application: Piping or Equipment 1-1/2 inches diameter or larger. 2. Shields: Galvanized steel between pipe hangers or pipe hanger rolls and inserts. 3. Insert location: Between support shield and piping and under finish jacket. 4. Insert configuration: Minimum 6 inches long, of thickness and contour matching

adjoining insulation; may be factory fabricated. 5. Insert material: Compression resistant insulating material suitable for planned

temperature range and service.

E. Continue insulation through penetrations of building assemblies or portions of assemblies having fire resistance rating of one hour or less. Provide intumescent firestopping when continuing insulation through assembly. Finish at supports, protrusions, and interruptions. Refer to Section 07 84 00 for penetrations of assemblies with fire resistance rating greater than one hour.

F. Pipe Exposed in Mechanical Equipment Rooms or Finished Spaces: Finish with PVC jacket and fitting covers.

G. Factory Insulated Equipment: Do not insulate.

H. Exposed Equipment: Locate insulation and cover seams in least visible locations.

I. Apply insulation close to equipment by grooving, scoring, and beveling insulation. Fasten insulation to equipment with studs, pins, clips, adhesive, wires, or bands.

J. Fill joints, cracks, seams, and depressions with bedding compound to form smooth surface. On cold equipment, use vapor retarder cement.

K. Insulated equipment containing fluids below ambient temperature: Insulate entire system.

L. For hot equipment containing fluids over 140 degrees F, insulate flanges and unions with removable sections and jackets.

M. Finish insulation at supports, protrusions, and interruptions.

N. Nameplates and ASME Stamps: Bevel and seal insulation around; do not insulate over.

O. Equipment Requiring Access for Maintenance, Repair, or Cleaning: Install insulation for easy removal and replacement without damage.

Page 164: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Plumbing Insulation 22 07 00 - 6

3.3 SCHEDULES

A. Plumbing Systems: 1. Domestic Hot Water Supply and Return:

a. Elastomeric Cellular Foam Insulation: 1) Thickness: 3/4 inch.

2. Domestic Cold Water: a. Elastomeric Cellular Foam Insulation:

1) Thickness: 1/2 inch. 3. Plumbing Vents Within 10 feet of Exterior:

a. Elastomeric Cellular Foam Insulation: 1) Thickness: 3/4 inch.

END OF SECTION

Page 165: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Facility Water Distribution 22 11 00 - 1

SECTION 22 11 00 - FACILITY WATER DISTRIBUTION

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes: 1. Domestic water piping, above grade. 2. Unions and flanges. 3. Valves. 4. Pipe hangers and supports. 5. Water hammer arrestors. 6. Thermostatic mixing valves.

B. Related Sections: 1. Section 07 84 00 - Firestopping: Product requirements for firestopping for

placement by this section. 2. Section 09 90 00 - Painting and Coating: Product and execution requirements for

painting specified by this section. 3. Section 22 05 53 - Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment: Product

requirements for pipe identification and valve tags for placement by this section. 4. Section 22 07 00 - Plumbing Insulation: Product and execution requirements for

pipe insulation.

1.2 REFERENCES

A. American Society of Mechanical Engineers: 1. ASME B16.18 - Cast Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings. 2. ASME B16.22 - Wrought Copper and Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure

Fittings. 3. ASME B16.26 - Cast Copper Alloy Fittings for Flared Copper Tubes. 4. ASME B31.9 - Building Services Piping. 5. ASME B40.1 - Gauges - Pressure Indicating Dial Type - Elastic Element. 6. ASME Section VIII - Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code - Pressure Vessels. 7. ASME Section IX - Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code - Welding and Brazing

Qualifications.

B. American Society of Sanitary Engineering: 1. ASSE 1010 - Performance Requirements for Water Hammer Arresters. 2. ASSE 1011 - Performance Requirements for Hose Connection Vacuum Breakers. 3. ASSE 1012 - Performance Requirements for Backflow Preventer with

Intermediate Atmospheric Vent. 4. ASSE 1013 - Performance Requirements for Reduced Pressure Principle

Backflow Preventers and Reduced Pressure Fire Protection Principle Backflow Preventers.

5. ASSE 1019 - Performance Requirements for Vacuum Breaker Wall Hydrants, Freeze Resistant, Automatic Draining Type.

Page 166: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Facility Water Distribution 22 11 00 - 2

6. ASSE 5013 - Performance Requirements for Reduced Pressure Principle Backflow Preventers (RP) and Reduced Pressure Fire Protection Principle Backflow Preventers (RFP).

7. ASSE 5015 - Performance Requirements for Testing Double Check Backflow Prevention Assemblies (DC) and Double Check Fire Protection Backflow Prevention Assemblies (RPDF).

C. ASTM International: 1. ASTM A53/A53M - Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-

Dipped, Zinc-Coated, Welded and Seamless. 2. ASTM A234/A234M - Standard Specification for Piping Fittings of Wrought

Carbon Steel and Alloy Steel for Moderate and High Temperature Service. 3. ASTM A395/A395M - Standard Specification for Ferritic Ductile Iron Pressure-

Retaining Castings for Use at Elevated Temperatures. 4. ASTM A536 - Standard Specification for Ductile Iron Castings. 5. ASTM B32 - Standard Specification for Solder Metal. 6. ASTM B42 - Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Pipe, Standard Sizes. 7. ASTM B88 - Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Water Tube. 8. ASTM B584 - Standard Specification for Copper Alloy Sand Castings for

General Applications. 9. ASTM F2014-00 – Standard Specification for Non-Reinforced Extruded Tee

Connections for Piping Applications. 10. ASTM D2239 - Standard Specification for Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe

(SIDR-PR) Based on Controlled Inside Diameters. 11. ASTM D3035 - Standard Specification for Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe (DR-

PR) Based on Controlled Outside Diameter. 12. ASTM E1 - Standard Specification for ASTM Thermometers. 13. ASTM E77 - Standard Test Method for Inspection and Verification of

Thermometers. 14. ASTM F708 - Standard Practice for Design and Installation of Rigid Pipe

Hangers. 15. ASTM F876 – Crosslinked Polyethylene (PEX) Tubing. 16. ASTM F877 – Crosslinked Polyethylene (PEX) Tubing and Fitting Systems. 17. ASTM F1807 – Brass Insert Fittings. 18. ASTM F1281 - Standard Specification for Crosslinked

Polyethylene/Aluminum/Crosslinked Polyethylene (PEX-AL-PEX) Pressure Pipe.

19. ASTM F1282 - Standard Specification for Polyethylene/Aluminum/Polyethylene (PE-AL-PE) Composite Pressure Pipe.

20. ASTM F1476 - Standard Specification for Performance of Gasketed Mechanical Couplings for Use in Piping Applications.

D. American Welding Society: 1. AWS A5.8 - Specification for Filler Metals for Brazing and Braze Welding.

E. American Water Works Association: 1. AWWA C104 - American National Standard for Cement-Mortar Lining for

Ductile-Iron Pipe and Fittings for Water. 2. AWWA C105 - American National Standard for Polyethylene Encasement for

Ductile-Iron Pipe Systems.

Page 167: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Facility Water Distribution 22 11 00 - 3

3. AWWA C110 - American National Standard for Ductile-Iron and Grey-Iron Fittings, 3 in. through 48 in. (75 mm through 1200 mm), for Water and Other Liquids.

4. AWWA C111 - American National Standard for Rubber-Gasket Joints for Ductile-Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings.

5. AWWA C151 - American National Standard for Ductile-Iron Pipe, Centrifugally Cast, for Water.

6. AWWA C651 - Disinfecting Water Mains. 7. AWWA C700 - Cold-Water Meters - Displacement Type, Bronze Main Case. 8. AWWA C701 - Cold-Water Meters - Turbine Type, for Customer Service. 9. AWWA C702 - Cold-Water Meters - Compound Type. 10. AWWA C706 - Direct-Reading, Remote-Registration Systems for Cold-Water

Meters. 11. AWWA M6 - Water Meters - Selection, Installation, Testing, and Maintenance.

F. Manufacturers Standardization Society of the Valve and Fittings Industry: 1. MSS SP 58 - Pipe Hangers and Supports - Materials, Design and Manufacturer. 2. MSS SP 67 - Butterfly Valves. 3. MSS SP 69 - Pipe Hangers and Supports - Selection and Application. 4. MSS SP 70 - Cast Iron Gate Valves, Flanged and Threaded Ends. 5. MSS SP 71 - Cast Iron Swing Check Valves, Flanged and Threaded Ends. 6. MSS SP 78 - Cast Iron Plug Valves, Flanged and Threaded Ends. 7. MSS SP 80 - Bronze Gate, Globe, Angle and Check Valves. 8. MSS SP 85 - Cast Iron Globe & Angle Valves, Flanged and Threaded. 9. MSS SP 89 - Pipe Hangers and Supports - Fabrication and Installation Practices. 10. MSS SP 110 - Ball Valves Threaded, Socket-Welding, Solder Joint, Grooved and

Flared Ends.

G. National Electrical Manufacturers Association: 1. NEMA 250 - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts Maximum).

H. Plumbing and Drainage Institute: 1. PDI WH201 - Water Hammer Arrestor Standard.

I. Underwriters Laboratories Inc.: 1. UL 393 - Indicating Pressure Gauges for Fire-Protection Service. 2. UL 404 - Gauges, Indicating Pressure, for Compressed Gas Service.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Section 01 33 00 - Submittal Procedures: Submittal procedures.

B. Product Data: 1. Piping: Submit data on pipe materials, fittings, and accessories. Submit

manufacturer's catalog information. 2. Valves: Submit manufacturers catalog information with valve data and ratings for

each service.

Page 168: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Facility Water Distribution 22 11 00 - 4

3. Hangers and Supports: Submit manufacturers catalog information including load capacity.

4. Domestic Water Specialties: Submit manufacturers catalog information, component sizes, rough-in requirements, service sizes, and finishes.

C. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Submit installation instructions for valves and accessories.

D. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify products meet or exceed specified requirements.

1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Closeout procedures.

B. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of valves and equipment.

C. Operation and Maintenance Data: Submit spare parts list, exploded assembly views and recommended maintenance intervals.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Perform Work in accordance with Illinois Plumbing Code, (Illinois Department of Public Health) current edition.

B. Maintain one copy of each document on site.

1.6 QUALIFICATIONS

A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience.

B. Installer: Company specializing in performing Work of this section with minimum three years documented experience.

1.7 PRE-INSTALLATION MEETINGS

A. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements: Pre-installation meeting.

B. Convene minimum one week prior to commencing work of this section.

1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements: Product storage and handling requirements.

B. Accept valves and equipment on site in shipping containers with labeling in place. Inspect for damage.

C. Provide temporary protective coating on cast iron and steel valves.

Page 169: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Facility Water Distribution 22 11 00 - 5

D. Provide temporary end caps and closures on piping and fittings. Maintain in place until installation.

E. Protect piping systems from entry of foreign materials by temporary covers, completing sections of the Work, and isolating parts of completed system.

1.9 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS

A. Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.

1.10 FIELD MEASUREMENTS

A. Verify field measurements prior to fabrication.

1.11 WARRANTY

A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Product warranties and product bonds.

1.12 EXTRA MATERIALS

A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Spare parts and maintenance products.

B. Furnish two packing kits for each size valve.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING, ABOVE GRADE

A. Copper Tubing: ASTM B88, Type L or K, hard drawn. 1. Fittings: ASME B16.18, cast copper alloy or ASME B16.22, wrought copper and

bronze. 2. Press Fittings: ASME B16.18, cast copper alloy or ASME B16.22, wrought

copper and bronze, O-rings for copper press fittings shall be EPDM. Joints shall be compression type made with manufacturer’s tool.

3. Tee Connections: Mechanically formed extruded outlet collars with notched and dimpled branch tube. Joints: Solder, lead free, ASTM B32, 95-5 tin-antimony, or tin and silver, with melting range 430 to 535 degrees F.

2.2 UNIONS AND FLANGES

A. Unions for Pipe 2 inches and Smaller: 1. Ferrous Piping: Class 150, malleable iron, threaded. 2. Copper Piping: Class 150, bronze unions with soldered. 3. Dielectric Connections: Union with galvanized or plated steel threaded end,

copper solder end, water impervious isolation barrier.

Page 170: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Facility Water Distribution 22 11 00 - 6

B. Flanges for Pipe 2-1/2 inches and Larger: 1. Ferrous Piping: Class 150, forged steel, slip-on flanges. 2. Copper Piping: Class 150, slip-on bronze flanges.

2.3 BALL VALVES

A. Manufacturers: 1. Crane Valve, North America. 2. Hammond Valve. 3. Milwaukee Valve Company. 4. NIBCO, Inc. 5. Stockham Valves & Fittings. 6. Substitutions: Not Permitted.

B. 2 inches and Smaller: MSS SP 110, Class 150, bronze, two piece body, type 316 chrome-plated brass ball, full port, teflon seats, blow-out proof stem, solder or threaded ends with union, lever handle with balancing stops.

2.4 CHECK VALVES

A. Horizontal Swing Check Valves: 1. Manufacturers:

a. Crane Valve, North America. b. Hammond Valve. c. Milwaukee Valve Company. d. NIBCO, Inc. e. Stockham Valves & Fittings. f. Substitutions: Not Permitted.

2. 2 inches and Smaller: MSS SP 80, Class 150, bronze body and cap, bronze seat, Buna-N disc, solder or threaded ends.

3. 2-1/2 inches and Larger: MSS SP 71, Class 125, cast iron body, bolted cap, bronze or cast iron disc, renewable disc seal and seat, flanged ends.

B. Spring Loaded Check Valves: 1. Manufacturers:

a. Crane Valve, North America. b. Hammond Valve. c. Milwaukee Valve Company. d. NIBCO, Inc. e. Stockham Valves & Fittings. f. Substitutions: Not Permitted.

2. 2 inches and Smaller: MSS SP 80, Class 250, bronze body, in-line spring lift check, silent closing, Buna-N disc, integral seat, solder or threaded ends.

3. 2-1/2 inches and Larger: MSS SP 71, Class 125, wafer style, cast iron body, bronze seat, center guided bronze disc, stainless steel spring and screws, flanged ends.

Page 171: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Facility Water Distribution 22 11 00 - 7

2.5 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS

A. Manufacturers: 1. Carpenter & Paterson Inc. 2. Creative Systems Inc. 3. Flex-Weld, Inc. 4. Globe Pipe Hanger Products Inc. 5. Michigan Hanger Co. 6. Superior Valve Co. 7. Substitutions: Not Permitted.

B. Plumbing Piping: Conform to ASME B31.9, ASTM F708, MSS SP 58, MSS SP 69, and MSS SP 89.

C. Hangers for Pipe Sizes 1/2 to 1-1/2 inch: Malleable iron or Carbon steel, adjustable swivel, split ring.

D. Hangers for Cold Pipe Sizes 2 inches and Larger: Carbon steel, adjustable, clevis.

E. Hangers for Hot Pipe, Sizes 2 to 4 inches: Carbon steel, adjustable, clevis.

F. Multiple or Trapeze Hangers: Steel channels with welded supports or spacers and hanger rods.

G. Wall Support for Pipe Sizes 3 inches and Smaller: Cast iron hooks.

H. Wall Support for Pipe Sizes 4 inches and Larger: Welded steel bracket and wrought steel clamps.

I. Vertical Support: Steel riser clamp.

J. Floor Support for Cold Pipe: Cast iron adjustable pipe saddle, lock nut, nipple, floor flange, and concrete pier or steel support.

K. Floor Support for Hot Pipe Sizes 4 inches and Smaller: Cast iron adjustable pipe saddle, lock nut, nipple, floor flange, and concrete pier or steel support.

L. Copper Pipe Support: Carbon steel ring, adjustable, copper plate.

2.6 WATER HAMMER ARRESTORS

A. Manufacturers: 1. Zurn. 2. Wade. 3. Watts. 4. Mifab. 5. Josam. 6. Substitutions: Not Permitted.

Page 172: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Facility Water Distribution 22 11 00 - 8

B. ASSE 1010; stainless steel or copper construction, bellows or piston type sized in accordance with PDI WH-201.

C. Pre-charged suitable for operation in temperature range 34 to 250 degrees F and maximum 150 psi working pressure.

2.7 THERMOSTATIC MIXING VALVES

A. Manufacturers: 1. Lawler. 2. Leonard. 3. Symmons. 4. Powers. 5. Wilkens 6. Substitutions: Not Permitted.

B. Valve: Cast brass (chrome plated where indicated) body, stainless steel or copper alloy bellows, integral temperature adjustment.

C. Capacity: As Scheduled on Drawings.

D. Accessories: 1. Check valve on inlets. 2. Volume control shut-off valve on outlet. 3. Stem thermometer on outlet. 4. Strainer stop checks on inlets.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements: Coordination and project conditions.

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Ream pipe and tube ends. Remove burrs. Bevel plain end ferrous pipe.

B. Remove scale and dirt, on inside and outside, before assembly.

3.3 INSTALLATION - HANGERS AND SUPPORTS

A. Inserts: 1. Provide inserts for placement in concrete forms. 2. Provide inserts for suspending hangers from reinforced concrete slabs and sides

of reinforced concrete beams. 3. Provide hooked rod to concrete reinforcement section for inserts carrying pipe 4

inches and larger.

Page 173: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Facility Water Distribution 22 11 00 - 9

4. Where concrete slabs form finished ceiling, locate inserts flush with slab surface. 5. Where inserts are omitted, drill through concrete slab from below and provide

through-bolt with recessed square steel plate and nut recessed into and grouted flush with slab.

B. Pipe Hangers and Supports: 1. Install in accordance with ASME B31.9, ASTM F708 and MSS SP 89. 2. Support horizontal piping as schedule. 3. Install hangers to provide minimum 1/2 inch space between finished covering

and adjacent work. 4. Place hangers within 12 inches of each horizontal elbow. 5. Use hangers with 1-1/2 inch minimum vertical adjustment. Design hangers for

pipe movement without disengagement of supported pipe. 6. Support vertical piping at every floor. Support riser piping independently of

connected horizontal piping. 7. Where piping is installed in parallel and at same elevation, provide multiple pipe

or trapeze hangers. 8. Provide copper plated hangers and supports for copper piping. 9. Prime coat exposed steel hangers and supports. Refer to Section 09 90 00.

Hangers and supports located in crawl spaces, pipe shafts, and suspended ceiling spaces are not considered exposed.

10. Provide hangers adjacent to motor driven equipment with vibration isolation; refer to Section 21 05 48.

3.4 INSTALLATION - ABOVE GROUND PIPING

A. Install non-conducting dielectric connections wherever jointing dissimilar metals.

B. Route piping in orderly manner and maintain gradient. Route parallel and perpendicular to walls.

C. Install piping to maintain headroom without interfering with use of space or taking more space than necessary.

D. Group piping whenever practical at common elevations.

E. Slope piping and arrange systems to drain at low points.

F. Install piping to allow for expansion and contraction without stressing pipe, joints, or connected equipment.

G. Provide clearance in hangers and from structure and other equipment for installation of insulation and access to valves and fittings. Refer to Section 22 07 00.

H. Provide access where valves and fittings are not accessible.

I. Where pipe support members are welded to structural building framing, scrape, brush clean, and apply one coat of zinc rich primer to welding.

Page 174: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Facility Water Distribution 22 11 00 - 10

J. Prepare exposed, unfinished pipe, fittings, supports, and accessories ready for finish painting. Refer to Section 09 90 00.

K. Provide mechanically formed extruded outlet tees per ASTM F2014 and in accordance with tool manufacturer’s recommendations.

L. Provide copper press fittings connections in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations, using manufacturer’s approved tools. Joints: Remove burrs and clean ends. Fully insert tubing into fitting and mark pipe ends to ensure full insertion into coupling or fitting. Check alignment against mark to assure tubing is fully inserted. Press joint using manufacturer’s tool.

M. Install domestic water piping in accordance with ASME B31.9.

N. Provide all proper adapters and fittings for transitions between different piping materials as required.

O. Sleeve pipes passing through partitions, walls and floors.

P. Install firestopping at fire rated construction perimeters and openings containing penetrating sleeves and piping. Refer to Section 07 84 00.

Q. Install unions downstream of all valves and equipment or apparatus connections.

R. Install valves with stems upright or horizontal, not inverted.

S. Install brass male adapters each side of valves in copper piped system. Solder adapters to pipe.

T. Install ball valves for shut-off and to isolate equipment, part of systems, or vertical risers.

U. Install , ball valves for throttling, bypass, or manual flow control services.

V. Install potable water protection devices on plumbing lines where contamination of domestic water may occur; on boiler feed water lines, janitor rooms, fire sprinkler systems, irrigation systems, flush valves, interior and exterior hose bibs.

W. Install water hammer arrestors complete with accessible isolation valve on hot and cold water supply piping at all long supply piping runs as required by the Illinois Plumbing Code (Illinois Department of Public Health).

X. Install air chambers on hot and cold water supply piping to each fixture or group of fixtures. Fabricate same size as supply pipe or 3/4 inch minimum, and minimum 18 inches long.

Page 175: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Facility Water Distribution 22 11 00 - 11

3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Section 01 40 00 - Quality Requirements & 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Field inspecting, testing, adjusting, and balancing.

B. Test domestic water piping system in accordance with Illinois Plumbing Code and any additional requirements by the local authority having jurisdiction.

3.6 CLEANING

A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for cleaning.

B. Disinfect water distribution system.

C. Prior to starting work, verify system is complete, flushed and clean.

D. Verify pH of water to be treated is between 7.4 and 7.6 by adding alkali (caustic soda or soda ash) or acid (hydrochloric).

E. Inject disinfectant, free chlorine in liquid, powder and tablet or gas form, throughout system to obtain residual from 50 to 80 mg/L.

F. Bleed water from outlets to obtain distribution and test for disinfectant residual at minimum 15 percent of outlets.

G. Maintain disinfectant in system for 24 hours.

H. When final disinfectant residual tests less than 25 mg/L, repeat treatment.

I. Flush disinfectant from system until residual concentration is equal to incoming water or 1.0 mg/L.

J. Take samples no sooner than 24 hours after flushing, from 5 percent of outlets and from water entry, and analyze in accordance with AWWA C651.

3.7 SCHEDULES

A. Pipe Hanger Spacing:

PIPE MATERIAL MAXIMUM

HANGER SPACING

HANGER ROD

DIAMETER

Copper Tube, 1-1/4 inches and smaller 6’-0” 1/2”

Copper Tube, 1-1/2 inches and larger 10’-0” 1/2”

END OF SECTION

Page 176: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after
Page 177: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Facility Sanitary Sewerage 22 13 00 - 1

SECTION 22 13 00 - FACILITY SANITARY SEWERAGE

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes: 1. Sanitary sewer piping buried within 5 feet of building. 2. Sanitary sewer piping above grade. 3. Unions and flanges. 4. Valves. 5. Pipe hangers and supports. 6. Cleanouts. 7. Bedding and cover materials.

B. Related Sections: 1. Section 03 30 00 - Cast-In-Place Concrete: Execution requirements for placement

of concrete specified by this section. 2. Section 07 84 00 - Firestopping: Product requirements for firestopping for

placement by this section. 3. Section 09 90 00 - Painting and Coating: Product and execution requirements for

painting specified by this section. 4. Section 22 05 53 - Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment: Product

requirements for pipe identification for placement by this section. 5. Section 22 07 00 - Plumbing Insulation: Product and execution requirements for

pipe insulation.

1.2 REFERENCES

A. American Society of Mechanical Engineers: 1. ASME A112.21.1 - Floor Drains. 2. ASME B16.1 - Cast Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings. 3. ASME B16.3 - Malleable Iron Threaded Fittings. 4. ASME B16.4 - Gray Iron Threaded Fittings. 5. ASME B16.23 - Cast Copper Alloy Solder Joint Drainage Fittings (DWV). 6. ASME B16.29 - Wrought Copper and Wrought Copper Alloy Solder Joint

Drainage Fittings - DWV. 7. ASME B31.9 - Building Services Piping.

B. ASTM International: 1. ASTM A47/A47M - Standard Specification for Ferritic Malleable Iron Castings. 2. ASTM A53/A53M - Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-

Dipped, Zinc-Coated, Welded and Seamless. 3. ASTM A74 - Standard Specification for Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings. 4. ASTM A234/A234M - Standard Specification for Piping Fittings of Wrought

Carbon Steel and Alloy Steel for Moderate and High Temperature Service. 5. ASTM A395/A395M - Standard Specification for Ferritic Ductile Iron Pressure-

Retaining Castings for Use at Elevated Temperatures. 6. ASTM A536 - Standard Specification for Ductile Iron Castings.

Page 178: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Facility Sanitary Sewerage 22 13 00 - 2

7. ASTM A746 - Standard Specification for Ductile Iron Gravity Sewer Pipe. 8. ASTM B32 - Standard Specification for Solder Metal. 9. ASTM B42 - Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Pipe, Standard Sizes. 10. ASTM B43 - Standard Specification for Seamless Red Brass Pipe, Standard

Sizes. 11. ASTM B75 - Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Tube. 12. ASTM B88 - Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Water Tube. 13. ASTM B251 - Standard Specification for General Requirements for Wrought

Seamless Copper and Copper-Alloy Tube. 14. ASTM B302 - Standard Specification for Threadless Copper Pipe. 15. ASTM B306 - Standard Specification for Copper Drainage Tube (DWV). 16. ASTM C564 - Standard Specification for Rubber Gaskets for Cast Iron Soil Pipe

and Fittings. 17. ASTM D1784 - Standard Specification for Rigid Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC)

Compounds and Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Compounds. 18. ASTM D1785 - Standard Specification for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic

Pipe, Schedules 40, 80, and 120. 19. ASTM D2241 - Standard Specification for Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Pressure-

Rated Pipe (SDR Series). 20. ASTM D2464 - Standard Specification for Threaded Poly (Vinyl Chloride)

(PVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 80. 21. ASTM D2466 - Standard Specification for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic

Pipe Fittings, Schedule 40. 22. ASTM D2467 - Standard Specification for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic

Pipe Fittings, Schedule 80. 23. ASTM D2564 - Standard Specification for Solvent Cements for Poly (Vinyl

Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Piping Systems. 24. ASTM D2665 - Standard Specification for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic

Drain, Waste, and Vent Pipe and Fittings. 25. ASTM D2855 - Standard Practice for Making Solvent-Cemented Joints with

Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Pipe and Fittings. 26. ASTM F477 - Standard Specification for Elastomeric Seals (Gaskets) for Joining

Plastic Pipe. 27. ASTM F708 - Standard Practice for Design and Installation of Rigid Pipe

Hangers. 28. ASTM F492 – Standard Specification for Propylene and Polypropylene Pipe 29. ASTM F1476 - Standard Specification for Performance of Gasketed Mechanical

Couplings for Use in Piping Applications.

C. Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute: 1. CISPI 301 - Standard Specification for Hubless Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings

for Sanitary and Storm Drain, Waste, and Vent Piping Applications. 2. CISPI 310 - Specification for Coupling for Use in Connection with Hubless Cast

Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings for Sanitary and Storm Drain, Waste, and Vent Piping Applications.

D. Manufacturers Standardization Society of the Valve and Fittings Industry: 1. MSS SP 58 - Pipe Hangers and Supports - Materials, Design and Manufacturer. 2. MSS SP 69 - Pipe Hangers and Supports - Selection and Application. 3. MSS SP 70 - Cast Iron Gate Valves, Flanged and Threaded Ends.

Page 179: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Facility Sanitary Sewerage 22 13 00 - 3

4. MSS SP 71 - Cast Iron Swing Check Valves, Flanged and Threaded Ends. 5. MSS SP 80 - Bronze Gate, Globe, Angle and Check Valves. 6. MSS SP 89 - Pipe Hangers and Supports - Fabrication and Installation Practices. 7. MSS SP 110 - Ball Valves Threaded, Socket-Welding, Solder Joint, Grooved and

Flared Ends.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Section 01 33 00 - Submittal Procedures: Submittal procedures.

B. Product Data: 1. Piping: Submit data on pipe materials, fittings, and accessories. Submit

manufacturers catalog information. 2. Hangers and Supports: Submit manufacturers catalog information including load

capacity. 3. Sanitary Drainage Specialties: Submit manufacturers catalog information,

component sizes, rough-in requirements, service sizes, and finishes.

C. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Submit installation instructions for material and equipment.

D. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify products meet or exceed specified requirements.

1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Closeout procedures.

B. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of equipment and clean-outs.

C. Operation and Maintenance Data: Submit frequency of treatment required for interceptors. Include, spare parts lists, exploded assembly views for pumps and equipment.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Perform Work in accordance with the Illinois Plumbing Code, (Illinois Department of Public Health) current edition.

B. Maintain one copy of each document on site.

1.6 QUALIFICATIONS

A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum five years documented experience.

B. Installer: Company specializing in performing Work of this section with minimum five years documented experience.

Page 180: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Facility Sanitary Sewerage 22 13 00 - 4

1.7 PRE-INSTALLATION MEETINGS

A. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements: Pre-installation meeting.

B. Convene minimum one week prior to commencing work of this section.

1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements: Product storage and handling requirements.

B. Protect piping systems from entry of foreign materials by temporary covers, completing sections of the Work, and isolating parts of completed system.

1.9 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS

A. Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.

B. Do not install underground piping when bedding is wet or frozen.

1.10 FIELD MEASUREMENTS

A. Verify field measurements prior to fabrication.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 SANITARY SEWER PIPING, BURIED WITHIN 5 FEET OF BUILDING

A. Cast Iron Soil Pipe: ASTM A74, extra heavy weight, plain ends. 1. Fittings: Cast iron, ASTM A74. 2. Joints: Hub-and-spigot, CISPI HSN compression type with ASTM C564

neoprene gaskets or lead and oakum.

B. Cast Iron Pipe: CISPI 301, hub-less. 1. Fittings: Cast iron, CISPI 301. 2. Joints: CISPI 310, neoprene gasket and stainless steel clamp and shield

assemblies.

C. Ductile Iron Pipe: ASTM A746, extra heavy weight, plain ends. 1. Fittings: AWWA C110, ductile iron, standard thickness. 2. Joints: AWWA C111, rubber gasket joint devices.

D. Copper Tube: ASTM B75, ASTM B88, ASTM B251Type K or L. 1. Fittings: ASME B16.23, cast bronze, or ASME B16.29 wrought copper. 2. Joints: Solder, lead free, ASTM B32, 95-5 tin-antimony, or tin and silver, with

melting range 430 to 535 degrees F.

E. Plastic Pipe: ASTM D2665, polyvinyl chloride (PVC) material. 1. Fittings: PVC, ASTM D2665. 2. Joints: ASTM D2855, solvent weld with ASTM D2564 solvent cement.

Page 181: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Facility Sanitary Sewerage 22 13 00 - 5

2.2 SANITARY SEWER PIPING, ABOVE GRADE

A. Cast Iron Pipe: ASTM A74, service weight. 1. Fittings: Cast iron, ASTM A74. 2. Joints: ASTM C564, rubber gasket joint devices or lead and oakum.

B. Cast Iron Pipe: CISPI 301, hub-less, service weight. 1. Fittings: Cast iron, CISPI 301. 2. Joints: CISPI 310, neoprene gaskets and stainless steel clamp-and-shield

assemblies.

C. Copper Tube: ASTM B306, DWV, ASTM B75, ASTM B88, ASTM B251, Type K, L or M. 1. Fittings: ASME B16.23, cast bronze, or ASME B16.29, wrought copper. 2. Joints: Solder, lead free, ASTM B32, 95-5 tin-antimony, or tin and silver, with

melting range 430 to 535 degrees F.

D. Copper Pipe: ASTM B42, ASTM B302. 1. Fittings: ASME B16.23, cast bronze, or ASME B16.29 wrought copper. 2. Joints: Solder, lead free, ASTM B32, 95-5 tin-antimony, or tin and silver, with

melting range 430 to 535 degrees F.

E. PVC Pipe: ASTM D2665, polyvinyl chloride (PVC) material. 1. Fittings: ASTM D2665, PVC. 2. Joints: ASTM D2855, solvent weld with ASTM D2564 solvent cement.

2.3 UNIONS AND FLANGES

A. Unions for Pipe 2 inches and Smaller: 1. Copper Piping: Class 150, bronze unions with soldered. 2. Dielectric Connections: Union with galvanized or plated steel threaded end,

copper solder end, water impervious isolation barrier. 3. PVC Piping: PVC.

B. Flanges for Pipe 2-1/2 inches and Larger: 1. Copper Piping: Class 150, slip-on bronze flanges. 2. PVC Piping: PVC flanges. 3. Gaskets: 1/16 inch thick preformed neoprene gaskets.

C. PVC Pipe Materials: For connections to equipment and valves with threaded connections, furnish solvent-weld socket to screwed joint adapters and unions, or ASTM D2464, Schedule 80, threaded, PVC pipe.

2.4 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS

A. Manufacturers: 1. Carpenter & Paterson Inc. 2. Creative Systems Inc. 3. Flex-Weld, Inc. 4. Globe Pipe Hanger Products Inc.

Page 182: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Facility Sanitary Sewerage 22 13 00 - 6

5. Michigan Hanger Co. 6. Superior Valve Co. 7. Substitutions: Not Permitted.

B. Drain, Waste, and Vent: Conform to ASME B31.9, ASTM F708, MSS SP 58, MSS SP 69, MSS SP 89.

C. Hangers for Pipe Sizes 1/2 to 1-1/2 inch: Malleable iron or Carbon steel, adjustable swivel, split ring.

D. Hangers for Pipe Sizes 2 inches and Larger: Carbon steel, adjustable, clevis.

E. Multiple or Trapeze Hangers: Steel channels with welded spacers and hanger rods.

F. Wall Support for Pipe Sizes 3 inches and Smaller: Cast iron hooks.

G. Wall Support for Pipe Sizes 3 inches and Larger: Welded steel bracket and wrought steel clamp.

H. Vertical Support: Steel riser clamp.

I. Floor Support: Cast iron adjustable pipe saddle, lock nut, nipple, floor flange, and concrete pier or steel support.

J. Copper Pipe Support: Carbon-steel, copper-plated adjustable ring.

2.5 CLEANOUTS

A. Manufacturers: 1. Zurn. 2. Wade. 3. Watts. 4. Mifab. 5. Josam. 6. Jay R. Smith. 7. Substitutions: Not Permitted.

B. Cleanout to Grade (COTG & COTG-2): Epoxy coated cast body, tapered bronze plug, round, non-skid, nickel bronze cover with vandal proof fasteners.

C. Cleanout to Floor (COTF & COTF-2): Adjustable, epoxy coated cast body, tapered bronze plug, round, non-skid, nickel bronze cover (recessed top for floor finish where required, verify with A/E & owner).

D. Cleanout to Wall (COTW): Line type with lacquered cast iron body and bronze plug, and round stainless steel access cover secured with machine screw.

E. Interior Unfinished Accessible Areas (CO-1): Line type with lacquered cast iron body and bronze plug.

Page 183: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Facility Sanitary Sewerage 22 13 00 - 7

2.6 BEDDING AND COVER MATERIALS

A. Soil Backfill from Above Pipe to Finish Grade: Soil Type. Subsoil with no rocks over 4 inches in diameter, frozen earth or foreign matter.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements: Coordination and project conditions.

B. Verify excavations are to required grade, dry, and not over-excavated.

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Ream pipe and tube ends. Remove burrs. Bevel plain end ferrous pipe.

B. Remove scale and dirt, on inside and outside, before assembly.

C. Prepare piping connections to equipment with flanges or unions.

D. Keep open ends of pipe free from scale and dirt. Protect open ends with temporary plugs or caps.

3.3 INSTALLATION - HANGERS AND SUPPORTS

A. Inserts: 1. Provide inserts for placement in concrete forms. 2. Provide inserts for suspending hangers from reinforced concrete slabs and sides

of reinforced concrete beams. 3. Provide hooked rod to concrete reinforcement section for inserts carrying pipe 4

inches and larger. 4. Where concrete slabs form finished ceiling, locate inserts flush with slab surface. 5. Where inserts are omitted, drill through concrete slab from below and provide

through-bolt with recessed square steel plate and nut recessed into and grouted flush with slab.

B. Pipe Hangers and Supports: 1. Install in accordance with ASME B31.9, ASTM F708, and MSS SP 89. 2. Support horizontal piping as scheduled. 3. Install hangers to provide minimum 1/2 inch space between finished covering

and adjacent work. 4. Place hangers within 12 inches of each horizontal elbow. 5. Use hangers with 1-1/2 inch minimum vertical adjustment. Design hangers for

pipe movement without disengagement of supported pipe. 6. Support vertical piping at every other floor. Support riser piping independently of

connected horizontal piping. 7. Where installing several pipes in parallel and at same elevation, provide multiple

pipe hangers or trapeze hangers.

Page 184: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Facility Sanitary Sewerage 22 13 00 - 8

8. Provide copper plated hangers and supports for copper piping. 9. Prime coat exposed steel hangers and supports. Refer to Section 09 90 00.

Hangers and supports located in crawl spaces, pipe shafts, and suspended ceiling spaces are not considered exposed.

10. Install hangers adjacent to motor driven equipment with vibration isolation; refer to Section 21 05 48.

3.4 INSTALLATION - BURIED PIPING SYSTEMS

A. Verify connection size, location, and inverts are as indicated on Drawings.

B. Establish minimum separation of sanitary sewer piping from potable water service piping in accordance with Illinois Plumbing Code (Illinois Department of Public Health) current edition.

C. Remove scale and dirt on inside of piping before assembly.

D. Place bedding material at trench bottom to provide uniform bedding for piping, level bedding materials in one continuous layer not exceeding 6 inches compacted depth; compact to 95 percent maximum density.

E. Install pipe on prepared bedding.

F. Route pipe in straight line.

G. Place metallic locating ribbon continuously over centerline of pipe 6” below grade.

H. Pipe Cover and Backfilling: 1. Backfill trench. 2. Maintain optimum moisture content of fill material to attain required compaction

density. 3. After hydrostatic test, evenly backfill entire trench width by hand placing backfill

material and hand tamping in 6 inches compacted layers to 6 inches minimum cover over top of jacket. Compact to 95 percent maximum density.

4. Evenly and continuously backfill remaining trench depth in uniform layers with backfill material.

5. Do not use wheeled or tracked vehicles for tamping.

3.5 INSTALLATION - ABOVE GROUND PIPING

A. Establish invert elevations, slopes for drainage to 1/8 inch per foot minimum. Maintain gradients.

B. Extend cleanouts to finished floor or wall surface. Lubricate threaded cleanout plugs with mixture of graphite and linseed oil. Provide clearances at cleanout for snaking drainage system.

C. Encase exterior cleanouts in concrete flush with grade. Refer to Drawings.

D. Install floor cleanouts at elevation to accommodate finished floor.

Page 185: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Facility Sanitary Sewerage 22 13 00 - 9

E. Provide non-conducting dielectric connections wherever jointing dissimilar metals.

F. Route piping in orderly manner and maintain gradient. Route parallel and perpendicular to walls.

G. Install piping to maintain headroom. Do not spread piping, conserve space.

H. Group piping whenever practical at common elevations.

I. Install piping to allow for expansion and contraction without stressing pipe, joints, or connected equipment.

J. Provide clearance in hangers and from structure and other equipment for installation of insulation. Refer to Section 22 07 00.

K. Provide access where fittings are not accessible.

L. Provide membrane on floor drains on all above grade floor drains.

M. Install piping penetrating roofed areas to maintain integrity of roof assembly.

N. Where pipe support members are welded to structural building framing, scrape, brush clean, and apply one coat of zinc rich primer to welding.

O. Prepare exposed, unfinished pipe, fittings, supports, and accessories ready for finish painting. Refer to Section 09 90 00.

P. Install bell and spigot pipe with bell end upstream.

Q. Sleeve pipes passing through partitions, walls and floors.

R. Install firestopping at fire rated construction perimeters and openings containing penetrating sleeves and piping. Refer to Section 07 84 00.

S. Support cast iron drainage piping at every joint.

3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Section 01 40 00 - Quality Requirements: Field inspecting, testing, adjusting, and balancing.

B. Test sanitary waste and vent piping system in accordance with current edition of Illinois Plumbing Code (Illinois Department of Public Health).

Page 186: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Facility Sanitary Sewerage 22 13 00 - 10

3.7 SCHEDULES PIPE HANGER SPACING PIPE MATERIAL/SIZE (INCHES) MAXIMUM SPACING HANGER ROD DIAMETER (INCHES) (FEET) (INCHES) Cast Iron (All Sizes) 5 5/8 Cast Iron - 10ft. Length (All Sizes) 10 5/8 PVC (All Sizes) 4 3/8 Copper Tube – 1-1/4 and smaller 6 1/2 Copper Tube – 1-1/2 and larger 10 1/2 Note for Cast Iron Pipe: Provide close to joint on barrel. Also provide hanger at each change of direction and each branch connection.

END OF SECTION

Page 187: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Plumbing Fixtures 22 40 00 - 1

SECTION 22 40 00 - PLUMBING FIXTURES

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes: 1. Water closets. 2. Urinals. 3. Lavatories.

B. Related Sections: 1. Section 07 90 00 - Joint Protection: Product requirements for calking between

fixtures and building components for placement by this section. 2. Section 22 11 00 - Facility Water Distribution: Supply connections to plumbing

fixtures. 3. Section 22 13 00 - Facility Sanitary Sewerage: Waste connections to plumbing

fixtures.

1.2 REFERENCES

A. American Society of Mechanical Engineers: 1. ASME A112.6.1 - Floor-Affixed Supports for Off-the-Floor Plumbing Fixtures

for Public Use. 2. ASME A112.18.1 - Plumbing Fixture Fittings. 3. ASME A112.19.2M - Vitreous China Plumbing Fixtures. 4. ASME A112.19.3 - Stainless Steel Plumbing Fixtures. 5. ASME A112.19.4 - Porcelain Enameled Formed Steel Plumbing Fixtures. 6. ASME A112.19.5 - Trim for Water-Closet Bowls, Tanks and Urinals.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Section 01 33 00 - Submittal Procedures: Submittal procedures.

B. Product Data: Submit catalog illustrations of fixtures, sizes, rough-in dimensions, utility sizes, trim, and finishes.

C. Samples: Manufacturer’s standard color selection charts.

D. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Submit installation methods and procedures.

E. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify products meet or exceed specified requirements.

1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Closeout procedures.

B. Operation and Maintenance Data: Submit fixture, trim, exploded view and replacement parts lists.

Page 188: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Plumbing Fixtures 22 40 00 - 2

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Perform Work in accordance with Illinois Plumbing Code, (State of Illinois Department of Public Health) current edition.

B. Provide products requiring electrical connections listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc., as suitable for purpose specified and indicated.

C. Maintain one copy of each document on site.

1.6 QUALIFICATIONS

A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum ten years documented experience.

B. Installer: Company specializing in performing Work of this section with minimum three years documented experience.

1.7 PRE-INSTALLATION MEETINGS

A. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements: Pre-installation meeting.

B. Convene minimum one week prior to commencing work of this section.

1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements: Product storage and handling requirements.

B. Accept fixtures on site in factory packaging. Inspect for damage.

C. Protect installed fixtures from damage by securing areas and by leaving factory packaging in place to protect fixtures and prevent use.

1.9 WARRANTY

A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Product warranties and product bonds.

B. Furnish manufacturer's standard warranty for plumbing fixtures.

1.10 EXTRA MATERIALS

A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Spare parts and maintenance products.

B. Furnish one set of each type faucet service kits, flush valve service kits, lavatory supply fittings, and toilet seats.

Page 189: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Plumbing Fixtures 22 40 00 - 3

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 WATER CLOSETS (WC-1)

A. Manufacturers: 1. American Standard, 2857.016 Madera Series. 2. Kohler, K-4302 Highcrest Series. 3. Zurn, Z5665 - BWL Series. 4. Substitutions: Not permitted.

B. Bowl: ASME A112.19.2M; white, vitreous china, floor mounted, elongated bowl, siphon- jet, 1-1/2" top-spud, 12 inch rough-in, ADA compliant, 16-17 inch to top of bowl.

C. Manufacturers: (Flush Valve) 1. Zurn, ZER6000AV-1-CPM AquaSense Series. 2. Substitutions: Not Permitted.

D. Sensor Operated Flush Valve: ASME A112.18.1; exposed, chrome plated, diaphragm type with battery operated solenoid operator, infrared sensor and over-ride button in chrome plated plate, screwdriver stop and vacuum breaker; 1.6 gallon flush volume. (Coordinate flush valve installation height on WC-1 with ADA grab bar installation)

E. Seat: Solid white, anti-microbial plastic, elongated, open front, self-sustaining hinge, brass or stainless steel bolts, less cover. Manufacturer’s: Bemis or Olsonite.

2.2 WALL HUNG URINALS (UR-1 & UR-2)

A. Manufacturers: (Bowl) 1. American Standard, 6501.010 Washbrook Series. 2. Kohler, K-4960-ET Bardon Superior Series. 3. Zurn, Z5751 Series. 4. Substitutions: Not Permitted.

B. Urinal: ASME A112.19.2M; white vitreous china, ADA accessible, wall hung washout urinal with shields, integral trap, 3/4 inch top spud, steel supporting hanger.

C. Manufacturers: (Flush Valve) 1. Zurn, ZER6003AV-CPM AquaSense Series. 2. Substitutions: Not Permitted.

D. Sensor Operated Flush Valve: ASME A112.18.1; exposed, chrome plated, diaphragm type with battery operated solenoid operator, infrared sensor and over-ride button in chrome plated plate, screwdriver stop and vacuum breaker; 1.0 gallon flush volume.

E. Wall Mounted Carrier: Provide manufacturer's wall hangar, attached to the wall with the wall material appropriate anchors.

Page 190: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Plumbing Fixtures 22 40 00 - 4

2.3 LAVATORIES (LAV-1)

A. Manufacturers: 1. Bradley: LVRD2 2. Substitutions: Not Permitted.

B. The unit shall be ADA compliant, serve one to two users at a time, constructed of molded, contoured acrylic modified bio-based polyester resin, natural quartz, and other exotic minerals.

C. The unit shall include a heavy gauge stainless steel support frame mounted to the wall.

D. The unit shall be supplied with the optional thermostatic mixing valve separate from and not within the faucet assembly.

E. Manufacturers: (Faucet – 2 per fixture) 1. Bradley-S53-304, Aerada 1100 Series. 2. Gerbeit/Chicago, 115.727.21.1 Series. 3. Kohler, K-10950-4 Series. 4. Zurn, Z6916-ADM AquaSense Series. 5. Substitutions: Not Permitted.

F. Electronic Metered Faucet: ASME A112.18.1; chrome plated metered, mixing faucet with battery powered, solenoid operator and infrared sensor, single hole mounting design, 2.0-2.2 gpm laminar flow device, side mounted, ADA compliant, external user adjustable temperature control lever, open grid strainer. All installation washers and accessories shall be stainless steel. Galvanized installation washers and accessories shall not be permitted.

G. Accessories: 1. Chrome plated 17 gage brass P-trap with clean-out plug and arm with

escutcheon. 2. Chrome plated, wheel handle, quarter-turn stops. 3. Rigid supplies.

2.4 LAVATORIES (LAV-2)

A. Manufacturers: 1. Bowl:

a. American Standard. b. Kohler. c. Zurn. d. Substitutions: Not Permitted.

2. Faucet: a. Bradley, Approved equal. b. Gerbeit/Chicago, 115.727.21.1 Series. c. Kohler, Approved equal. d. Zurn, Approved equal. e. Substitutions: Not Permitted.

Page 191: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Plumbing Fixtures 22 40 00 - 5

B. Vitreous China Wall Hung Basin: ASME A112.19.2M; white vitreous china, wall hung lavatory 20x18 inch minimum, center faucet hole, drilled for concealed arm carrier, rectangular basin without backsplash, front or rear overflow.

C. Electronic Metered Faucet: ASME A112.18.1; chrome plated metered, single tempered supply faucet with battery powered, solenoid operator and infrared sensor, single hole mounting design, 2.0-2.2 gpm laminar flow device, side mounted, ADA compliant, open grid strainer.

D. Accessories: 1. Chrome plated 17 gage brass P-trap with clean-out plug and arm with

escutcheon. 2. Chrome plated, perforated open strainer. 3. Chrome plated, wheel handle, quarter-turn stops. 4. Rigid supplies. 5. Pre-manufactured, ADA compliant, supply, trap and waste insulation kit. See

LAVATORY INSULATION KIT, this specification section.

E. Wall Mounted Carrier: ASME A112.6.1; cast iron and steel frame with tubular legs, lugs for floor and wall attachment, concealed arm supports, bearing plate and studs.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements: Coordination and project conditions.

B. Verify walls and floor finishes are prepared and ready for installation of fixtures.

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Rough-in fixture piping connections in accordance with minimum sizes indicated in fixture rough-in schedule for particular fixtures.

3.3 INSTALLATION

A. Install Work in accordance with Illinois Plumbing Code (Illinois Department of Public Health), current edition.

B. Install each fixture with trap, easily removable for servicing and cleaning.

C. Provide chrome plated rigid or flexible supplies to fixtures with wheel-handle, quarter-turn stops, reducers, and escutcheons.

D. Install components level and plumb.

E. Install and secure fixtures in place with wall supports, wall carriers and bolts.

Page 192: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Plumbing Fixtures 22 40 00 - 6

F. Seal fixtures to wall and floor surfaces with sealant as specified in Section 07 90 00, color to match fixture.

G. Solidly attach floor mounted water closets to floor. Lead flashing is not intended to hold fixture in place.

3.4 INTERFACE WITH OTHER PRODUCTS

A. Review millwork shop-drawings. Confirm location and size of fixtures and openings before rough-in and installation.

3.5 ADJUSTING

A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements Testing, adjusting, and balancing.

B. Adjust stops or valves for intended water flow rate to fixtures without splashing, noise, or overflow.

3.6 CLEANING

A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Final cleaning.

B. Clean plumbing fixtures and equipment.

3.7 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED CONSTRUCTION

A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Protecting installed construction.

B. Do not permit use of fixtures before final acceptance.

3.8 SCHEDULES

A. Fixture Mounting Heights: 1. Urinal:

a. UR-1: 17 inches to top of bowl rim. b. UR-2: 24 inches to top of bowl rim.

2. Lavatory: a. LAV-1: 30 inches to top of basin rim. b. LAV-2: 34 inches to top of basin rim.

END OF SECTION

Page 193: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Air Outlets and Inlets 23 37 00 - 1

SECTION 23 37 00 - AIR OUTLETS AND INLETS

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes: 1. Grilles.

1.2 REFERENCES

A. Air Movement and Control Association International, Inc.: 1. AMCA 500 - Test Methods for Louvers, Dampers, and Shutters.

B. American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers: 1. ASHRAE 70 - Method of Testing for Rating the Performance of Air Outlets and

Inlets.

C. Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors: 1. SMACNA - HVAC Duct Construction Standard - Metal and Flexible.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Section 01 33 00 - Submittal Procedures: Submittal procedures.

B. Product Data: Submit sizes, finish, and type of mounting. Submit schedule of outlets and inlets showing type, size, location, application, and noise level.

C. Test Reports: Rating of air outlet and inlet performance.

1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Closeout procedures.

B. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of air outlets and inlets.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Test and rate diffuser, register, and grille performance in accordance with ASHRAE 70.

B. Test and rate louver performance in accordance with AMCA 500.

1.6 QUALIFICATIONS

A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum three years experience.

Page 194: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Air Outlets and Inlets 23 37 00 - 2

1.7 WARRANTY

A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Product warranties and product bonds.

B. Furnish one-year manufacturer warranty for air outlets and inlets.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 GRILLES, REGISTERS AND DIFFUSERS

A. Provide Grilles, Registers and diffusers as scheduled on the drawings and as manufactured by one of the manufacturers listed below: 1. Carnes. 2. Hart & Cooley, Inc.; Hart & Cooley Div. 3. Krueger. 4. METALAIRE, Inc.; Metal Industries Inc. 5. Titus. 6. Tuttle & Bailey. 7. Price.

B. Material: As scheduled.

C. Size: To match existing.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements: Coordination and project conditions.

B. Verify inlet and outlet locations.

C. Verify ceiling and wall systems are ready for installation.

3.2 INSTALLATION

A. Install grilles to ductwork with airtight connection.

B. Paint visible portion of ductwork behind air outlets and inlets matte black. Refer to Section 09 90 00.

Page 195: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Air Outlets and Inlets 23 37 00 - 3

3.3 INTERFACE WITH OTHER PRODUCTS

A. Check location of outlets and inlets and make necessary adjustments in position to conform to architectural features, symmetry, and lighting arrangement.

3.4 SCHEDULES

A. Grille E-1: Basis of Design, Price Model 530 louvered steel grille. Provide plaster frame for installation into drywall.

END OF SECTION

Page 196: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after
Page 197: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Equipment Wiring Connections 26 05 03 - 1

SECTION 26 05 03 - EQUIPMENT WIRING CONNECTIONS

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section includes electrical connections to equipment.

B. Related Sections: 1. Section 26 05 19 - Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables. 2. Section 26 05 33 - Raceway and Boxes for Electrical Systems.

1.2 REFERENCES

A. National Electrical Manufacturers Association: 1. NEMA WD 1 - General Requirements for Wiring Devices. 2. NEMA WD 6 - Wiring Devices-Dimensional Requirements.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Section 01 33 00 - Submittal Procedures: Submittal procedures.

B. Product Data: Submit wiring device manufacturer’s catalog information showing dimensions, configurations, and construction.

C. Manufacturer's installation instructions.

1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Submittal procedures.

B. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations, sizes, and configurations of equipment connections.

1.5 COORDINATION

A. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements: Coordination and project conditions.

B. Obtain and review shop drawings, product data, manufacturer’s wiring diagrams, and manufacturer's instructions for equipment furnished under other sections.

C. Determine connection locations and requirements.

D. Sequence rough-in of electrical connections to coordinate with installation of equipment.

E. Sequence electrical connections to coordinate with start-up of equipment.

Page 198: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Equipment Wiring Connections 26 05 03 - 2

PART 2 PRODUCTS

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements: Coordination and project conditions.

B. Verify equipment is ready for electrical connection, for wiring, and to be energized.

3.2 EXISTING WORK

A. Remove exposed abandoned equipment wiring connections, including abandoned connections above accessible ceiling finishes.

B. Disconnect abandoned utilization equipment and remove wiring connections. Remove abandoned components when connected raceway is abandoned and removed. Install blank cover for abandoned boxes and enclosures not removed.

C. Extend existing equipment connections using materials and methods compatible with existing electrical installations, or as specified.

3.3 INSTALLATION

A. Make electrical connections.

B. Make conduit connections to equipment using flexible conduit. Use liquidtight flexible conduit with watertight connectors in damp or wet locations.

C. Install interconnecting conduit and wiring between devices and equipment to complete equipment wiring requirements.

3.4 ADJUSTING

A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Testing, adjusting, and balancing.

B. Cooperate with utilization equipment installers and field service personnel during checkout and starting of equipment to allow testing and balancing and other startup operations. Provide personnel to operate electrical system and checkout wiring connection components and configurations.

END OF SECTION

Page 199: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables 26 05 19 - 1

SECTION 26 05 19 - LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section includes building wire and cable; nonmetallic-sheathed cable; metal clad cable; and wiring connectors and connections.

1.2 REFERENCES

A. International Electrical Testing Association: 1. NETA ATS - Acceptance Testing Specifications for Electrical Power Distribution

Equipment and Systems.

B. National Fire Protection Association: 1. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code. 2. NFPA 262 - Standard Method of Test for Flame Travel and Smoke of Wires and Cables for

Use in Air-Handling Spaces.

C. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc.: 1. UL 1277 - Standard for Safety for Electrical Power and Control Tray Cables with Optional

Optical-Fiber Members.

1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

A. Product Requirements: Provide products as follows: 1. Solid conductor for feeders and branch circuits 10 AWG and smaller. 2. Stranded conductors for control circuits. 3. Conductor not smaller than 12 AWG for power and lighting circuits.

B. Wiring Methods: Provide the following wiring methods: 1. Concealed Dry Interior Locations: Use only Type THHN/THWN. 2. Exposed Dry Interior Locations: Use only, Type THHN/THWN in raceway 3. Above Accessible Ceilings: Use only, Type THHN/THWN in raceway.

1.4 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS

A. Conductor sizes are based on copper unless indicated as aluminum or "AL".

1.5 SUBMITTALS

A. Section 01 33 00 - Submittal Procedures: Requirements for submittals.

B. Product Data: Submit for building wire.

Page 200: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables 26 05 19 - 2

1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for submittals.

B. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of components and circuits.

1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Provide wiring materials located in plenums with peak optical density not greater than 0.5, average optical density not greater than 0.15, and flame spread not greater than 5 feet (1.5 m) when tested in accordance with NFPA 262.

1.8 QUALIFICATIONS

A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum three years’ experience.

1.9 FIELD MEASUREMENTS

A. Verify field measurements are as indicated on Drawings.

1.10 COORDINATION

A. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements: Requirements for coordination.

B. Where wire and cable destination is indicated and routing is not shown, determine routing and lengths required.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 BUILDING WIRE

A. Product Description: Single conductor insulated wire.

B. Conductor: Copper.

C. Insulation Voltage Rating: 600 volts.

D. Insulation Temperature Rating: 75 degrees C.

E. Insulation Material: Thermoplastic.

2.2 TERMINATIONS

A. Terminal Lugs for Wires 6 AWG and Smaller: Solderless, compression type copper.

Page 201: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables 26 05 19 - 3

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements: Coordination and project conditions.

B. Verify interior of building has been protected from weather.

C. Verify mechanical work likely to damage wire and cable has been completed.

D. Verify raceway installation is complete and supported.

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Completely and thoroughly swab raceway before installing wire.

3.3 EXISTING WORK

A. Remove exposed abandoned wire and cable , including abandoned wire and cable above accessible ceiling finishes. Patch surfaces where removed cables pass through building finishes.

B. Disconnect abandoned circuits and remove circuit wire and cable. Remove abandoned boxes when wire and cable servicing boxes is abandoned and removed. Install blank cover for abandoned boxes not removed.

C. Provide access to existing wiring connections remaining active and requiring access. Modify installation or install access panel.

D. Extend existing circuits using materials and methods compatible with existing electrical installations, or as specified.

E. Clean and repair existing wire and cable remaining or wire and cable to be reinstalled.

3.4 INSTALLATION

A. Route wire and cable to meet Project conditions.

B. Neatly train and lace wiring inside boxes, equipment, and panelboards.

C. Install stranded conductors for branch circuits 10 AWG and smaller. Install crimp on fork terminals for device terminations. Do not place bare stranded conductors directly under screws.

3.5 WIRE COLOR

A. General: 1. For wire sizes 10 AWG and smaller, install wire colors in accordance with the following:

a. Black and red for single phase circuits at 120/240 volts. b. Black, red, and blue for circuits at 120/208 volts single or three phase. c. Orange, brown, and yellow for circuits at 277/480 volts single or three phase.

Page 202: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables 26 05 19 - 4

B. Neutral Conductors: White. When two or more neutrals are located in one conduit, individually identify each with proper circuit number.

C. Branch Circuit Conductors: Install three or four wire home runs with each phase uniquely color coded.

D. Ground Conductors: 1. For 6 AWG and smaller: Green.

3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Inspect and test in accordance with NETA ATS, except Section 4.

B. Perform inspections and tests listed in NETA ATS, Section 7.3.1.

END OF SECTION

Page 203: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems 26 05 29 - 1

SECTION 26 05 29 - HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes: 1. Conduit supports. 2. Spring steel clips.

1.2 REFERENCES

A. ASTM International: 1. ASTM E84 - Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building

Materials. 2. ASTM E119 - Standard Test Methods for Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials. 3. ASTM E814 - Standard Test Method for Fire Tests of Through-Penetration Fire Stops. 4. ASTM E1966 - Standard Test Method for Fire-Resistive Joint Systems.

B. FM Global: 1. FM - Approval Guide, A Guide to Equipment, Materials & Services Approved By Factory

Mutual Research For Property Conservation.

C. National Fire Protection Association: 1. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code.

D. Intertek Testing Services (Warnock Hersey Listed): 1. WH - Certification Listings.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Section 01 33 00 - Submittal Procedures: Requirements for submittals.

B. Shop Drawings: Indicate system layout with location and detail of trapeze hangers.

C. Product Data: 1. Hangers and Supports: Submit manufacturers catalog data including load capacity. 2. Firestopping: Submit data on product characteristics, performance and limitation criteria.

D. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: 1. Hangers and Supports: Submit special procedures and assembly of components. 2. Firestopping: Submit preparation and installation instructions.

E. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify products meet or exceed specified requirements.

Page 204: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems 26 05 29 - 2

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Surface Burning Characteristics: Maximum 25/50 flame spread/smoke developed index when tested in accordance with ASTM E84.

1.5 QUALIFICATIONS

A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing Products specified in this section with minimum three years experience.

B. Installer: Company specializing in performing work of this section with minimum three years experience.

1.6 PRE-INSTALLATION MEETINGS

A. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements: Pre-installation meeting.

1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements: Requirements for transporting, handling, storing, and protecting products.

B. Accept materials on site in original factory packaging, labeled with manufacturer's identification.

C. Protect from weather and construction traffic, dirt, water, chemical, and mechanical damage, by storing in original packaging.

1.8 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS

A. Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements: Environmental conditions affecting products on site.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 CONDUIT SUPPORTS

A. Manufacturers: 1. Uni-Strut 2. Cooper B-Line. 3. Anvil International. 4. Substitutions: Per approval from Engineer

B. Hanger Rods: Threaded high tensile strength galvanized carbon steel with free running threads.

C. Beam Clamps: Malleable Iron, with tapered hole in base and back to accept either bolt or hanger rod. Set screw: hardened steel.

D. Conduit clamps for trapeze hangers: Galvanized steel, notched to fit trapeze with single bolt to tighten.

Page 205: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems 26 05 29 - 3

E. Conduit clamps - general purpose: One hole malleable iron for surface mounted conduits.

F. Cable Ties: High strength nylon temperature rated to 185 degrees F. Self locking.

2.2 FORMED STEEL CHANNEL

A. Manufacturers: 1. Uni-Strut 2. Cooper B-Line. 3. Anvil International. 4. Substitutions: Per approval from Engineer

B. Product Description: Galvanized 12 gage thick steel. With holes 1-1/2 inches on center.

2.3 SPRING STEEL CLIPS

A. Manufacturers: 1. Uni-Strut 2. Cooper B-Line. 3. Anvil International. 4. Substitutions: Per approval from Engineer

B. Product Description: Mounting hole and screw closure.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements: Verification of existing conditions before starting work.

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Clean substrate surfaces of dirt, dust, grease, oil, loose material, or other matter affecting bond of firestopping material.

B. Remove incompatible materials affecting bond.

C. Obtain permission from Architect/Engineer before using powder-actuated anchors.

D. Do not drill or cut structural members.

3.3 INSTALLATION - HANGERS AND SUPPORTS

A. Anchors and Fasteners: 1. Concrete Structural Elements: Provide expansion anchors. 2. Steel Structural Elements: Provide beam clamps. 3. Concrete Surfaces: Provide expansion anchors.

Page 206: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems 26 05 29 - 4

4. Solid Masonry Walls: Provide expansion anchors. 5. Sheet Metal: Provide sheet metal screws. 6. Wood Elements: Provide wood screws.

B. Inserts: 1. Install inserts for placement in concrete forms. 2. Install inserts for suspending hangers from reinforced concrete slabs and sides of reinforced

concrete beams. 3. Provide hooked rod to concrete reinforcement section for inserts carrying pipe over 4 inches 4. Where concrete slabs form finished ceiling, locate inserts flush with slab surface.

C. Install conduit and raceway support and spacing in accordance with NEC.

D. Do not fasten supports to pipes, ducts, mechanical equipment, or conduit.

E. Supports: 1. Fabricate supports from structural steel or formed steel channel. Install hexagon head bolts

to present neat appearance with adequate strength and rigidity. Install spring lock washers under nuts.

2. Install surface mounted cabinets and panelboards with minimum of four anchors.

3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Section 01 40 00 - Quality Requirements: Field inspecting, testing, adjusting, and balancing.

B. Inspect installed firestopping for compliance with specifications and submitted schedule.

3.5 CLEANING

A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for cleaning.

B. Clean adjacent surfaces of firestopping materials.

3.6 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK

A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for protecting finished Work.

B. Protect adjacent surfaces from damage by material installation.

END OF SECTION

Page 207: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Raceway and Boxes for Electrical Systems 26 05 33 - 1

SECTION 26 05 33 - RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section includes conduit and tubing, surface raceways, wireways, outlet boxes, pull and junction boxes, and handholes.

B. Related Sections: 1. Section 26 05 03 - Equipment Wiring Connections. 2. Section 26 05 29 - Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems.

1.2 REFERENCES

A. American National Standards Institute: 1. ANSI C80.1 - Rigid Steel Conduit, Zinc Coated. 2. ANSI C80.3 - Specification for Electrical Metallic Tubing, Zinc Coated.

B. National Electrical Manufacturers Association: 1. NEMA 250 - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts Maximum). 2. NEMA FB 1 - Fittings, Cast Metal Boxes, and Conduit Bodies for Conduit and Cable

Assemblies. 3. NEMA OS 1 - Sheet Steel Outlet Boxes, Device Boxes, Covers, and Box Supports.

1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

A. Raceway and boxes located as indicated on Drawings, and at other locations required for splices, taps, wire pulling, equipment connections, and compliance with regulatory requirements. Raceway and boxes are shown in approximate locations unless dimensioned. Provide raceway to complete wiring system.

B. Concealed Dry Locations: Provide intermediate metal conduit. Provide sheet-metal boxes. Provide flush mounting outlet box in finished areas. Provide hinged enclosure for large pull boxes.

C. Exposed Dry Locations: Provide rigid steel conduit. Provide sheet-metal boxes. Provide flush mounting outlet box in finished areas. Provide hinged enclosure for large pull boxes.

1.4 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS

A. Minimum Raceway Size: 1/2inch unless otherwise specified.

Page 208: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Raceway and Boxes for Electrical Systems 26 05 33 - 2

1.5 SUBMITTALS

A. Section 01 33 00 - Submittal Procedures: Submittal procedures.

B. Product Data: Submit for the following: 1. Flexible metal conduit. 2. Raceway fittings. 3. Pull and junction boxes.

C. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Submit application conditions and limitations of use stipulated by Product testing agency specified under Regulatory Requirements. Include instructions for storage, handling, protection, examination, preparation, and installation of Product.

1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Closeout procedures.

1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements: Product storage and handling requirements.

B. Protect conduit from corrosion and entrance of debris by storing above grade. Provide appropriate covering.

1.8 COORDINATION

A. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements: Coordination and project conditions.

B. Coordinate installation of outlet boxes for equipment connected under Section 26 05 03.

C. Coordinate mounting heights, orientation and locations of outlets mounted above counters, benches, and backsplashes.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 METAL CONDUIT

A. Rigid Steel Conduit: ANSI C80.1.

B. Intermediate Metal Conduit (IMC): Rigid steel.

C. Fittings and Conduit Bodies: NEMA FB 1; material to match conduit.

2.2 FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT

A. Product Description: Interlocked steel construction.

B. Fittings: NEMA FB 1.

Page 209: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Raceway and Boxes for Electrical Systems 26 05 33 - 3

2.3 LIQUIDTIGHT FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT

A. Product Description: Interlocked steel construction with PVC jacket.

B. Fittings: NEMA FB 1.

2.4 PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES

A. Sheet Metal Boxes: NEMA OS 1, galvanized steel.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements: Coordination and project conditions.

B. Verify outlet locations and routing and termination locations of raceway prior to rough-in.

3.2 EXISTING WORK

A. Remove exposed abandoned raceway, including abandoned raceway above accessible ceiling finishes. Cut raceway flush with walls and floors, and patch surfaces.

B. Remove concealed abandoned raceway to its source.

C. Disconnect abandoned outlets and remove devices. Remove abandoned outlets when raceway is abandoned and removed. Install blank cover for abandoned outlets not removed.

D. Maintain access to existing boxes and other installations remaining active and requiring access. Modify installation or provide access panel.

E. Extend existing raceway and box installations using materials and methods compatible with existing electrical installations, or as specified.

F. Clean and repair existing raceway and boxes to remain or to be reinstalled.

3.3 INSTALLATION

A. Ground and bond raceway and boxes in accordance with NEC.

B. Fasten raceway and box supports to structure and finishes.

C. Arrange raceway and boxes to maintain headroom and present neat appearance.

Page 210: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Raceway and Boxes for Electrical Systems 26 05 33 - 4

3.4 INSTALLATION - RACEWAY

A. Raceway routing is shown in approximate locations unless dimensioned. Route to complete wiring system.

B. Arrange raceway supports to prevent misalignment during wiring installation.

C. Support raceway using coated steel or malleable iron straps, lay-in adjustable hangers, clevis hangers, and split hangers.

D. Do not support raceway with wire or perforated pipe straps. Remove wire used for temporary supports

E. Do not attach raceway to ceiling support wires or other piping systems.

F. Route raceway installed above accessible ceilings parallel and perpendicular to walls.

G. Maintain clearance between raceway and piping for maintenance purposes.

H. Cut conduit square using saw or pipe cutter; de-burr cut ends.

I. Bring conduit to shoulder of fittings; fasten securely.

J. Install suitable caps to protect installed conduit against entrance of dirt and moisture.

K. Close ends and unused openings in wireway.

3.5 ADJUSTING

A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements:Testing, adjusting, and balancing.

B. Adjust flush-mounting outlets to make front flush with finished wall material.

C. Install knockout closures in unused openings in boxes.

3.6 CLEANING

A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Final cleaning.

B. Clean interior of boxes to remove dust, debris, and other material.

C. Clean exposed surfaces and restore finish.

END OF SECTION

Page 211: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Wiring Devices 26 27 26 - 1

SECTION 26 27 26 - WIRING DEVICES

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section includes wall switches, receptacles and device plates and decorative box covers.

B. Related Sections: 1. Section 26 05 33 - Raceway and Boxes for Electrical Systems: Outlet boxes for

wiring devices.

1.2 REFERENCES

A. National Electrical Manufacturers Association: 1. NEMA WD 1 - General Requirements for Wiring Devices. 2. NEMA WD 6 - Wiring Devices-Dimensional Requirements.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Section 01 33 00 - Submittal Procedures: Submittal procedures.

B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's catalog information showing dimensions, colors, and configurations.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 WALL SWITCHES

A. Single Pole Switch (Toggle): 1. Leviton Model 1221. 2. Hubbell Model HBL1221. 3. Pass and Seymour Model PS20AC1.

B. Single Pole Switch (Keyed): 1. Leviton Model 1221-2KL. 2. Hubbell Model HBL1221-L. 3. Pass and Seymour Model PS20ACI-L

C. Color: As selected by the Architect/Engineer.

2.2 RECEPTACLES

A. Duplex GFCI Receptacle, Conventional Face, 20A-125V, NEMA 5-20R: 1. Leviton Model G5362. 2. Hubbell Model HBL GF5362. 3. Pass and Seymour Model 2097.

Page 212: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Wiring Devices 26 27 26 - 2

2.3 WALL PLATES

A. Finished Areas – Decorative Thermoplastic Cover Plate: Color as selected by the Architect/Engineer.

B. Unfinished Areas and other areas as indicated on the drawings – Stainless Steel Cover Plate.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements: Coordination and project conditions.

B. Verify outlet boxes are installed at proper height.

C. Verify wall openings are neatly cut and completely covered by wall plates.

D. Verify branch circuit wiring installation is completed, tested, and ready for connection to wiring devices.

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Clean debris from outlet boxes.

3.3 INSTALLATION

A. Install devices plumb and level.

B. Install switches with OFF position down.

C. Do not share neutral conductor on load side of dimmers.

D. Install receptacles with grounding pole on bottom.

E. Connect wiring device grounding terminal to outlet box and branch circuit equipment grounding conductor.

F. Install decorative plates on switch, receptacle, and blank outlets in finished areas.

G. When stranded conductors are used in lieu of solid, use crimp on fork terminals or manufactured connections rated for device terminations. Do not place bare stranded conductors directly under device screws.

H. Install galvanized steel plates on outlet boxes and junction boxes in unfinished areas, above accessible ceilings, and on surface mounted outlets.

Page 213: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Wiring Devices 26 27 26 - 3

3.4 INTERFACE WITH OTHER PRODUCTS

A. Install wall switch 48 inches above finished floor.

3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Field inspecting, testing, adjusting, and balancing.

B. Inspect each wiring device for defects.

C. Operate each wall switch with circuit energized and verify proper operation.

D. Verify each receptacle device is energized.

E. Test each receptacle device for proper polarity.

3.6 ADJUSTING

A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Testing, adjusting, and balancing.

B. Adjust devices and wall plates to be flush and level.

3.7 CLEANING

A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Final cleaning.

B. Clean exposed surfaces and devices to remove splatters and restore finish.

END OF SECTION

Page 214: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after
Page 215: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Interior Lighting 26 51 00 - 1

SECTION 26 51 00 - INTERIOR LIGHTING

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section includes interior luminaires, lamps, ballasts, and accessories.

B. Related Sections: 1. Section 26 05 33 - Raceway and Boxes for Electrical Systems.

1.2 STANDARDS

A. ENERGY STAR certified.

B. UL Listing: Listed for damp location.

C. NEMA LE 4.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Section 01 33 00 - Submittal Procedures: Submittal procedures.

B. Shop Drawings: Indicate dimensions and components for each luminaire not standard product of manufacturer.

C. Product Data: Submit dimensions, ratings, and performance data.

1.4 QUALIFICATIONS

A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum three years’ experience.

1.5 FIELD MEASUREMENTS

A. Verify field measurements prior to fabrication.

1.6 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS

A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Spare parts and maintenance products.

B. Furnish two of each plastic lens type.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 INTERIOR LUMINAIRES

A. Manufacturers:

Page 216: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Interior Lighting 26 51 00 - 2

1. Day-Brite 2. Cooper Lighting 3. Lithonia 4. Hubbell 5. Substitutions: Substitutions shall be allowed only when approved prior to bid by

Engineer.

B. Product Description: Complete interior luminaire assemblies, with features, options, and accessories as scheduled.

C. Refer to Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements for product options.

2.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR EMERGENCY LIGHTING

A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application.

B. NRTL Compliance: Fabricate and label emergency lighting units and batteries to comply with UL 924.

C. Comply with NFPA 70 and NFPA 101.

D. Internal Type Emergency Power Unit: Self-contained, modular, battery-inverter unit, factory mounted within luminaire body.

1. Emergency Connection: Operate lamp(s) continuously at an output of 1100 lumens each upon loss of normal power. Connect unswitched circuit to battery-inverter unit and switched circuit to luminaire ballast.

2. Operation: Relay automatically turns lamp on when power-supply circuit voltage drops to 80 percent of nominal voltage or below. Lamp automatically disconnects from battery when voltage approaches deep-discharge level. When normal voltage is restored, relay disconnects lamps from battery, and battery is automatically recharged and floated on charger.

3. Environmental Limitations: Rate equipment for continuous operation under the following conditions unless otherwise indicated: a. Ambient Temperature: Less than 0 deg F or exceeding 104 deg F with an

average value exceeding 95 deg F over a 24-hour period. b. Ambient Storage Temperature: Not less than minus 4 deg F and not

exceeding 140 deg F. c. Humidity: More than 95 percent (condensing). d. Altitude: Exceeding 3300 feet.

4. Battery: Sealed, maintenance-free, lithium ion type. 5. Charger: Fully automatic, solid-state, constant-current type with sealed power

transfer relay. 6. Remote Test: Switch in handheld remote device aimed in direction of tested unit

initiates coded infrared signal. Signal reception by factory-installed infrared receiver in tested unit triggers simulation of loss of its normal power supply, providing visual confirmation of either proper or failed emergency response.

Page 217: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Interior Lighting 26 51 00 - 3

7. Integral Self-Test: Factory-installed electronic device automatically initiates code-required test of unit emergency operation at required intervals. Test failure is annunciated by an integral audible alarm and a flashing red LED.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 EXISTING WORK

A. Disconnect and remove abandoned luminaires, lamps, and accessories.

B. Extend existing interior luminaire installations using materials and methods compatible with existing installations, or as specified.

C. Clean and repair existing interior luminaires to remain or to be reinstalled.

3.2 INSTALLATION

A. Install suspended luminaires using pendants supported from swivel hangers. Install pendant length required to suspend luminaire at indicated height.

B. Locate recessed ceiling luminaires as indicated on Drawings.

C. Fasten surface mounted luminaires to ceiling using bolts, screws, rivets, or suitable clips.

D. Install clips to secure recessed grid-supported luminaires in place.

E. Install accessories furnished with each luminaire.

F. Make wiring connections to branch circuit using building wire with insulation suitable for temperature conditions within luminaire.

G. Install specified lamps in each luminaire.

H. Ground and bond interior luminaires in accordance with NEC.

3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Section 01 40 00 - Quality Requirements: Field inspecting, testing, adjusting, and balancing.

B. Operate each luminaire after installation and connection. Inspect for proper connection and operation.

3.4 ADJUSTING

A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Testing, adjusting, and balancing.

3.5 CLEANING

A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Final cleaning.

Page 218: H U R S T – R O S C H E I N C....2021/01/04  · Drawings and specifications may be obtained at the office of Hurst-Rosche, Inc., 1400 E. Tremont St., Hillsboro, Illinois, after

150-3040 Interior Lighting 26 51 00 - 4

B. Remove dirt and debris from enclosures.

C. Clean photometric control surfaces as recommended by manufacturer.

D. Clean finishes and touch up damage.

3.6 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK

A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Protecting finished work.

B. Relamp luminaires having failed lamps at Substantial Completion.

3.7 SCHEDULES

A. See Schedules on Drawings:

END OF SECTION